USER’S GUIDE TO:

www.andor.com © Andor Technology Ltd

Software Version 2.102

 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION 12

TECHNICAL SUPPORT 13

SOFTWARE IMPROVEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL FEATURES 13

VERSION SDK 2.102.30000.0 13

VERSION ANDOR SDK 2.101.30023.0 13

VERSION ANDOR SDK 2.101.30022.0 13

SECTION 2 - SOFTWARE INSTALLATIONS 32

PC requirements 32

SDK WINDOWS INSTALLATION 32

Windows Troubleshooting 34

SDK LINUX INSTALLATION 36

LABVIEW INSTALLATION 36
Linux Troubleshooting 37

SECTION 3 - READOUT MODES 38

INTRODUCTION 38
Full Vertical Binning 39
Single-Track 39
Multi-Track 40
Random-Track 41
Image 42
Cropped 43

SECTION 4 - ACQUISITION MODES 44

ACQUISITION MODE TYPES 44

Single Scan 45
Accumulate 46
Kinetic Series 47
Run Till Abort 49
Fast Kinetics 52
Frame Transfer 53

SECTION 5 - TRIGGERING 59

TRIGGER MODES 59
Internal 60
External 61

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
External Start 63
External Exposure 64
External FVB EM 66
Software 67

SECTION 6 - SHIFT SPEEDS 68

SECTION 7 - SHUTTER CONTROL 69

SHUTTER MODES 69
Fully Auto 69
Permanently Open 69
Permanently Closed 69
Open during any series 69
Open during FVB series 69

SHUTTER TYPE 70

SHUTTER TRANSFER TIME 71

SECTION 8 - TEMPERATURE CONTROL 73

SECTION 9 - SPECIAL GUIDES 74

CONTROLLING MULTIPLE CAMERAS 74

USING MULTIPLE CAMERA FUNCTIONS 75

DATA RETRIEVAL METHODS 77

How to determine when new data is available 77
Retrieving Image Data 79

DETERMINING CAMERA CAPABILITIES 80

Retrieving capabilities from the camera 80
Other Capabilities 84
Output Amplifiers 85

iCam 89

OptAcquire 90

DATA AVERAGING FILTERS 95

Recursive Averaging Filter 95
Frame Averaging Filter 95

SPURIOUS NOISE FILTERS 97

Median Filter 97
Level Above 97
Interquartile Range 97
Noise Threshold Filter 97

SECTION 10 - EXAMPLES 99

INTRODUCTION 99

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 3
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
RUNNING THE EXAMPLES 100
C 100
LabVIEW 100
Visual Basic 100

FLOW CHART OF THE FUNCTION CALLS NEEDED TO CONTROL ANDOR CAMERA 101

SECTION 11 - FUNCTIONS 106

AbortAcquisition 106
CancelWait 106
CoolerOFF 107
CoolerON 108
DemosaicImage 109
EnableKeepCleans 110
EnableSensorCompensation 110
FreeInternalMemory 111
Filter_GetAveragingFactor 111
Filter_GetAveragingFrameCount 111
Filter_GetDataAveragingMode 112
Filter_GetMode 112
Filter_GetThreshold 112
Filter_SetAveragingFactor 113
Filter_SetAveragingFrameCount 113
Filter_SetDataAveragingMode 114
Filter_SetMode 114
Filter_SetThreshold 115
GetAcquiredData 115
GetAcquiredData16 116
GetAcquiredFloatData 116
GetAcquisitionProgress 117
GetAcquisitionTimings 118
GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes 118
GetAIIDMAData 119
GetAmpDesc 119
GetAmpMaxSpeed 120
GetAvailableCameras 120
GetBackground 120
GetBaselineClamp 121
GetBitDepth 121
GetBitsPerPixel 122
GetCameraEventStatus 122
GetCameraHandle 123
GetCameraInformation 124
GetCameraSerialNumber 124
GetCapabilities 125
GetControllerCardModel 147
GetCountConvertWavelengthRange 147
GetCurrentCamera 147
GetCurrentPreAmpGain 148
GetCYMGShift 148
GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled 149
GetDDGExternalOutputPolarity 149
GetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled 150
GetDDGExternalOutputTime 150
GetDDGStepCoefficients 151
GetDDGStepMode 152

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 4
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
GetDDGGateTime 152
GetDDGInsertionDelay 153
GetDDGIntelligate 153
GetDDGIOC 153
GetDDGIOCFrequency 154
GetDDGIOCNumber 154
GetDDGIOCNumberRequested 155
GetDDGIOCPeriod 155
GetDDGIOCPulses 156
GetDDGIOCTrigger 156
GetDDGLiteControlByte 156
GetDDGLiteGlobalControlByte 156
GetDDGLiteInitialDelay 156
GetDDGLiteInterPulseDelay 156
GetDDGLitePulsesPerExposure 157
GetDDGLitePulseWidth 157
GetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled 157
GetDDGPulse 158
GetDDGTTLGateWidth 158
GetDDGWidthStepCoefficients 159
GetDDGWidthStepMode 159
GetDetector 160
GetDICameraInfo 160
GetDualExposureTimes 160
GetEMAdvanced 160
GetEMCCDGain 161
GetEMGainRange 163
GetExternalTriggerTermination 164
GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed 164
GetFIFOUsage 164
GetFilterMode 164
GetFKExposureTime 166
GetFKVShiftSpeed 166
GetFKVShiftSpeedF 167
GetFrontEndStatus 167
GetGateMode 168
GetHardwareVersion 168
GetHeadModel 168
GetHorizontalSpeed 169
GetHSSpeed 170
GetHVflag 170
GetID 171
GetImageFlip 171
GetImageRotate 171
GetImages 172
GetImages16 173
GetImagesPerDMA 173
GetIODirection 174
GetIOLevel 174
GetIRIGData 175
GetIRQ 175
GetKeepCleanTime 176
GetMaximumBinning 176
GetMaximumExposure 177
GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes 177
GetMCPGain 177
GetMCPGainRange 178

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 5
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
GetMCPGainTable 178
GetMCPVoltage 178
GetMetaDataInfo 179
GetMinimumImageLength 179
GetMinimumNumberInSeries 179
GetMostRecentColorImage16 180
GetMostRecentImage 181
GetMostRecentImage16 181
GetMSTimingsData 182
GetMSTimingsEnabled 182
GetNewData 182
GetNewData16 183
GetNewData8 183
GetNewFloatData 184
GetNumberADChannels 184
GetNumberAmp 184
GetNumberAvailableImages 184
GetNumberDevices 185
GetNumberDDGExternalOutputs 185
GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds 185
GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds 186
GetNumberHSSpeeds 186
GetNumberMissedExternalTriggers 187
GetNumberNewImages 187
GetNumberPhotonCountingDivisions 188
GetNumberPreAmpGains 188
GetNumberRingExposureTimes 188
GetNumberIO 189
GetNumberVerticalSpeeds 190
GetNumberVSAmplitudes 190
GetNumberVSSpeeds 190
GetOldestImage 191
GetOldestImage16 191
GetPhosphorStatus 192
GetPhysicalDMAAddress 192
GetPixelSize 192
GetPreAmpGain 193
GetPreAmpGainText 194
GetQE 194
GetReadOutTime 195
GetRegisterDump 195
GetRelativeImageTimes 195
GetRingExposureRange 196
GetSDK3Handle 196
GetSensitivity 196
GetShutterMinTimes 197
GetSizeOfCircularBuffer 197
GetSlotBusDeviceFunction 197
GetSoftwareVersion 198
GetSpoolProgress 198
GetStartUpTime 198
GetStatus 199
GetTECStatus 200
GetTemperature 201
GetTemperatureF 201
GetTemperaturePrecision 202
GetTemperatureRange 202

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 6
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
GetTemperatureStatus 202
GetTotalNumberImagesAcquired 202
GetTriggerLevelRange 203
GetUSBDeviceDetails 203
GetVersionInfo 204
GetVerticalSpeed 204
GetVirtualDMAAddress 205
GetVSAmplitudeFromString 205
GetVSAmplitudeString 205
GetVSAmplitudeValue 205
GetVSSpeed 206
GPIBReceive 207
GPIBSend 207
I2CBurstRead 208
I2CBurstWrite 208
I2CRead 209
I2CReset 209
I2CWrite 210
IdAndorDll 210
InAuxPort 210
Initialize 211
InitializeDevice 211
IsCoolerOn 212
IsCountConvertModeAvailable 212
IsInternalMechanicalShutter 212
IsAmplifierAvailable 213
IsReadoutFlippedByAmplifier 213
IsPreAmpGainAvailable 213
IsTriggerModeAvailable 215
Merge 215
OA_AddMode 216
OA_DeleteMode 216
OA_EnableMode 217
OA_GetFloat 217
OA_GetInt 218
OA_GetModeAcqParams 218
OA_GetNumberOfAcqParams 219
OA_GetNumberOfPreSetModes 219
OA_GetNumberOfUserModes 219
OA_GetPreSetModeNames 220
OA_GetString 220
OA_GetUserModeNames 221
OA_Initialize 221
OA_SetFloat 222
OA_SetInt 222
OA_SetString 223
OA_WriteToFile 223
OutAuxPort 224
PrepareAcquisition 225
PostProcessCountConvert 226
PostProcessDataAveraging 226
PostProcessNoiseFilter 228
PostProcessPhotonCounting 229
SaveAsBmp 230
SaveAsCalibratedSif 231
SaveAsCommentedSif 232
SaveAsEDF 232

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 7
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SaveAsFITS 233
SaveAsRaw 233
SaveAsSif 234
SaveAsSPC 235
SaveAsTiff 235
SaveAsTiffEx 236
SaveEEPROMToFile 237
SaveToClipBoard 237
SelectDevice 237
SelectSensorPort 237
SendSoftwareTrigger 238
SetAccumulationCycleTime 239
SetAcqStatusEvent 239
SetAcquisitionMode 240
SetAcquisitionType 240
SetADChannel 240
SetAdvancedTriggerModeState 241
SetBackground 242
SetBaselineClamp 242
SetBaselineOffset 242
SetBitsPerPixel 243
SetCameraLinkMode 244
SetCameraStatusEnable 245
SetChargeShifting 245
SetComplexImage 246
SetCoolerMode 247
SetCountConvertMode 248
SetCountConvertWavelength 248
SetCropMode 249
SetCurrentCamera 250
SetCustomTrackHBin 250
SetDACOutputScale 251
SetDACOutput 251
SetDataType 252
SetDDGAddress 252
SetDDGExternalOutputEnabled 252
SetDDGExternalOutputPolarity 253
SetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled 253
SetDDGExternalOutputTime 254
SetDDGGain 254
SetDDGGateStep 254
SetDDGGateTime 256
SetDDGInsertionDelay 256
SetDDGIntelligate 257
SetDDGIOC 257
SetDDGIOCFrequency 258
SetDDGIOCNumber 259
SetDDGIOCPeriod 259
SetDDGIOCTrigger 260
SetDDGLiteControlByte 260
SetDDGLiteGlobalControlByte 260
SetDDGLiteInitialDelay 260
SetDDGLiteInterPulseDelay 260
SetDDGLitePulsesPerExposure 260
SetDDGLitePulseWidth 260
SetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled 262
SetDDGStepCoefficients 262

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 8
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SetDDGStepMode 263
SetDDGTimes 263
SetDDGTriggerMode 264
SetDDGVariableGateStep 264
SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients 265
SetDDGWidthStepMode 265
SetDelayGenerator 266
SetDMAParameters 267
SetDriverEvent 268
SetDualExposureMode 269
SetDualExposureTimes 269
SetEMAdvanced 270
SetEMCCDGain 270
SetEMClockCompensation 271
SetEMGainMode 271
SetESDEvent 271
SetExposureTime 272
SetExternalTriggerTermination 273
SetFanMode 273
SetFastKinetics 274
SetFastKineticsEx 275
SetFastKineticsStorageMode 276
SetFastKineticsTimeScanMode 276
SetFastExtTrigger 277
SetFilterMode 277
SetFilterParameters 277
SetFKVShiftSpeed 278
SetFPDP 278
SetFrameTransferMode 278
SetFrontEndEvent 279
SetFullImage 279
SetFVBHBin 280
SetGain 281
SetGate 281
SetGateMode 282
SetHighCapacity 283
SetHorizontalSpeed 283
SetHSSpeed 284
SetImage 285
SetImageFlip 286
SetImageRotate 287
SetIRIGModulation 288
SetIsolatedCropMode 289
SetIsolatedCropModeEx 290
SetIsolatedCropModeType 292
SetKineticCycleTime 293
SetMCPGain 293
SetMCPGating 294
SetMessageWindow 294
SetMetaData 294
SetMultiTrack 295
SetMultiTrackHBin 296
SetMultiTrackHRange 296
SetMultiTrackScan 296
SetNextAddress 297
SetNextAddress16 297
SetNumberAccumulations 297

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 9
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SetNumberKinetics 297
SetNumberPrescans 298
SetOutputAmplifier 298
SetOverlapMode 299
SetPCIMode 300
SetPhosphorEvent 300
SetPhotonCounting 301
SetPhotonCountingDivisions 301
SetPhotonCountingThreshold 302
SetPixelMode 302
SetPreAmpGain 302
SetRandomTracks 303
SetReadMode 304
SetReadoutRegisterPacking 304
SetRegisterDump 304
SetRingExposureTimes 305
SetSaturationEvent 306
SetSensorPortMode 307
SetShutter 308
SetShutterEx 309
SetShutters 310
SetSifComment 310
SetSingleTrack 310
SetSingleTrackHBin 312
SetSpool 313
SetSpoolThreadCount 314
SetStorageMode 314
SetTECEvent 315
SetTemperature 315
SetTemperatureEvent 315
SetTriggerInvert 316
SetTriggerLevel 316
SetTriggerMode 317
SetIODirection 318
SetIOLevel 318
SetUserEvent 319
SetUSGenomics 319
SetVerticalRowBuffer 319
SetVerticalSpeed 320
SetVirtualChip 320
SetVSAmplitude 321
SetVSSpeed 322
ShutDown 322
StartAcquisition 323
UnMapPhysicalAddress 324
UpdateDDGTimings 324
WaitForAcquisition 325
WaitForAcquisitionByHandle 325
WaitForAcquisitionByHandleTimeOut 327
WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut 328
WhiteBalance 329

SECTION 12 - ERROR CODES 330

SECTION 13 - DETECTOR.INI 331

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 10
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
DETECTOR.INI EXPLAINED 331

[SYSTEM] 332

[COOLING] 333

[DETECTOR] 334
Format 334
DummyPixels 334
DataHShiftSpeed 334
DataVShiftSpeed 334
DummyHShiftSpeed 335
DummyVShiftSpeed 335
VerticalHorizontalTime 335
CodeFile 335
FlexFile 336
Cooling 336
Type 336
FKVerticalShiftSpeed 336
Gain 336
PhotonCountingCCD 336
EMCCDRegisterSize 337
iStar 337
SlowVerticalSpeedFactor 337
HELLFunction 337
HELLLoop1 337
ADChannels 337
AD2DataHSSpeed 337
AD2DumpHSSpeed 338
AD2BinHSSpeed 338
AD2Pipeline 338
iXon 338

EXAMPLE DETECTOR.INI FILES 338

DH220 338
DV420 338
DV437 339

[CONTROLLER] 340
ReadOutSpeeds 340
PipeLine 340
Type 340

SECTION 14 – LICENSE AGREEMENTS 341

FITSIO 341
LIBXML2 342
ZLIB 343
LIBUSB 344
Simpleini 345

SDK TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 11
 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
The Andor Software Development Kit (SDK) gives the programmer access to the Andor range of CCD and
Intensified CCD cameras. The key part of the SDK is the Dynamic Link Library (DLL) which can be used with a
wide variety of programming environments, including, C, C++, C#, Visual Basic and LabVIEW. The library is
compatible with Windows 2000, XP, Vista and Windows 7. A Linux version of the SDK is also available.
Currently, Andor provides both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of the SDK, for Windows and Linux.
The SDK provides a suite of functions that allow you to configure the data acquisition process in a number of
different ways. There are also functions to control the CCD temperature and shutter operations. The driver will
automatically handle its own internal memory requirements.
To use the SDK effectively, the user must develop a software package to configure the acquisition, provide
memory management, process the data captured, and create the user interface.
The manual is broken into several sections, and it is recommended that the user read Sections 1 - 10 before
starting to use the SDK. These sections describe the installation process, camera initialization/configuration
and data capture.
Section 11 is a complete function reference detailing the function syntax, parameters passed and error codes
returned.
To further aid the user there is a comprehensive list of examples included with the SDK. The examples
illustrate the use of C, Visual Basic and LabVIEW.

SDK SECTION 1
Page 12
 INTRODUCTION
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Contact details for your nearest representative can be found on our website.

SOFTWARE IMPROVEMENTS AND ADDITIONAL FEATURES

Version SDK 2.102.30000.0

New Features:
 Timestamps for .sif, .edf, .fits and .tiff files are now saved with millisecond accuracy.
 Timestamps for .sif, .edf, .fits and .tiff files are now saved in UTC+0 time.
 Added ShamrockEepromSetOpticalParams to Shamrock SDK.
 Added Mechelle support for CMOS systems.
 Added the ability to retrieve metadata tick values from a saved sif file using the ‘Metadata’ property in
the SIFIO library.

Bug Fixes:
 Fixed an issue on some versions of linux where the libusb.so symlink was not present. Now loads
libusb-0.1.so.4 directly.
 Fixed issue with reading .sifx file properties with SIFIO.
 Fixed SaveEEPROMToFile so that it returns DRV_SUCCESS if file is written and DRV_P1INVALID if
write failed.
 Fixed GetHardwareVersion which was returning random values for USB systems.
 Fixed issue when communicating with Shamrock via I2C.
 LabVIEW VIs are compatible again with LabVIEW version 9 and above (instead of version 2015 and
above).

Version Andor SDK 2.101.30023.0

Bug Fixes:
 Fixed frame transfer random track on Ultra.

Version Andor SDK 2.101.30022.0

Bug Fixes:
 Fixed issue which meant SetBitsPerPixel and GetBitsPerPixel were not available for Linux.

Version SDK 2.101.30018.0

New Features
 Added support for iKon-XL.
 Added functions SetBitsPerPixel and GetBitsPerPixel to the camera SDK.
 Improved accuracy of acquisition timings on Ultra cameras in frame transfer mode.

Version SDK 2.101.30012.0

Bug Fixes
 Fixed issue which made software report an iDus could support software trigger.
 Fixed issue with detecting multiple Ultra 888 cameras.
 Fixed issue which meant Restore Calibration was not working for Mechelle.

Version SDK 2.101.30011.0

SDK SECTION 1
Page 13
 INTRODUCTION
New Features
 The following new functions have been added to
the ShamrockSDK. ShamrockGetSlitZeroPosition and ShamrockSetSlitZeroPosition.
 Added new functions GetCurrentPreAmpGain and SetIsolatedCropModeType to the camera SDK.
 Increased frame rate for crop mode on EM Newtons.

Bug Fixes
 Fixed an issue with the SR-193 shutter modes being reversed. i.e. Open was 0, closed was 1. this
did not match the documentation which was closed was 0 and open was 1.
 Fixed a mistake in GetDDGStepCoefficients which meant it was not returning the correct values.
 Fixed issue on a number of EM Newtons where data was incorrect in FVB mode with high EM gain.
 Fixed crop mode when imaging on an EM Newton.

Version SDK 2.101.30003.0

Bug Fixes
 Fixed issue with continuous acquisition mode on iVac.

Version SDK 2.101.30001.0

New Features
 Windows 10 now supported
 Added a flag to the dector.ini file that allows the user to specify the maximum size of a USB bulk
read. It was observed on some linux platforms that usb bulk reads that were greater than or equal to
16 megabytes would fail in the kernel usb module with an error indicating that it was unable to
allocate the memory for the transfer. By breaking the usb bulk read into smaller chunks we are able
to work around this limitation.
 Added SDK function SaveAsCalibratedSif.
 Added interface to C# wrapper for SDK, ShamrockSDK and MechelleSDK allowing direct access to
SDK functions.

Bug Fixes
 Fixed issue with Shamrock SDK if the focal plane tilt was 0 then all calibration coefficients data was
0.
 Fixed issue with Shamrock SDK closing the camera, now only closes camera if it initialised it.
 Fixed an issue where Shamrock SDK would hang if the user tried to initialise the SR193 before the
hardware was ready.
 Fixed external start, FVB on Ultra release 1 and 2.
 Updated the OptAcquire C example to display a message if the camera used doesn’t
support OptAcquire functionality.
 Fixed minimum delay period that could be achieved on iXon 3 in frame transfer, external trigger.
 Fixed crop mode when using FVB on Ultra 888.

Version SDK 2.100.30036.0

Bug Fixes
 Fixed memory leak when retrieving image data.

Version SDK 2.100.30026.0

Bug Fixes

SDK SECTION 1
Page 14
 INTRODUCTION
 Fixed an issue with the SIFIO library where it would not read large files.
 Fixed fast kinetics on non frame transfer cameras.

Version SDK 2.100.30025.0

Bug Fixes
 Fixed an issue where Shamrock SDK would hang if the user tried to initialise the SR193 before the
hardware was ready.
 Fixed external start, FVB on Ultra release 1 and 2.
 Fix for IOC error when using burst mode and being triggered by external trigger.

Version SDK 2.100.30021.0

Bug Fixes
 Fix for exposure time on iKon-XL.

Version SDK 2.100.30019.0

Bug Fixes
 Fix for acquisition hang in Linux after shutting down and reinitialising the camera.
 Fix for crash with Ultra 888 with large exposure time.
 Fix for Save... functions when rotation is being used.

Version SDK 2.100.30014.0

Bug Fixes
 Fix for acquisition hang when using random tracks with an InGaAs camera.

Version SDK 2.100.30008.0

New Features
 Added new
functions, ShamrockSetFlipperMirrorPosition, ShamrockGetFlipperMirrorPosition and ShamrockGetF
lipperMirrorMaxPosition for finer control of the exit flipper mirror on Shamrocks.

Version SDK 2.100.30004.0

New Features
 Added Super Kinetics feature - SetFastKineticsStorageMode.
 Added Time Scan feature - SetFastKineticsTimeScanMode.

Bug Fixes

Version SDK 2.100.30001.0

New Features

Bug Fixes
 Fixed indexing issues when setting Shamrock accessories (now 0 based)

SDK SECTION 1
Page 15
 INTRODUCTION
 Updated Linux installer to work with newer kernels (3.19 and greater).
 Fixed issue with ShamrockGetDetectorOffsetEx not returning the correct value.

Version SDK 2.99.30001.0

New Features
 Adding SR500, SR750 and SR193 spectrographs to the ShamrockSDK for Linux
 Added new functions to Shamrock SDK
ShamrockGetPixelCalibrationCoefficients
ShamrockSetDetectorOffsetEx
ShamrockGetDetectorOffsetEx
 Added UpdateDDGTimings SDK2 function

Bug Fixes
 Fix for Detector Offset Adjustment not moving the shamrock turret if using any of the side ports
 Fix for Exposure time increasing automatically for Luca-S
 Fix for Mechelle SDK files not being present in SDK installation
 Fixed crash on exit if ShutDown is not called
 Fixed crash on start up when a CCI-23 or CCI-24 was present but with no camera attached
 Fixed Fast kinetics on Ultra Release 1
 Shamrock SDK functions now exported correctly
 Updated IsCoolerOn to return 0 until CoolerON is called for iXon Ultra cameras

Version SDK 2.98.30000.0

New Features
 Support for new Andor SR-193 spectrograph with Focus Mirror control
 Support for new Andor iKon-XL camera with IRIG support and option of Single and All Port readout.

Bug Fixes

 Shamrock SDK API functions are now exported correctly without name mangling
 Fix the IsCoolerOn function for iXon Ultra so it returns the correct status
 Fix the IsTriggerModeAvailable function so it returns DRV_INVALID_MODE instead of
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE when software trigger is not available
 Fix for image problems and acquisition failing unless pre amp gain is set before starting an
acquisition.
 Remove additional devices supported by the Shamrock USB device driver as they may conflict with
other devices in the system.
 Driver Pack is now listed correctly in Windows Add/Remove Programs.

Version SDK 2.97.30000.0

New Features
 Support for new USB3 iXon Ultra Camera
 Added Linux support for SR303i (i2c only)
 The spool header file now contains information on the pixel format and image size to facilitate
parsing of the data.
 Added fast keep clean option for external trigger on Newton

Bug Fixes

SDK SECTION 1
Page 16
 INTRODUCTION
 Fixed memory leak in 64-bit Mechelle SDK
 Fixed bug where real gain was not reported as being supported by iXon Ultra
 Fixed issue where software trigger was not working consistently on iXon 3 , Clara and Luca
 Fixed crash when kinetic cycle time was out of range
 The Shutter opening time is now taken into account for "Open for FVB series" and "Open for any
series" shutter modes

Version SDK 2.96.30000.0

New Features
 Added two new shutter modes: Open during FVB Series and Open during Any Series
 Added new function IsReadoutFlippedByAmplifier, to query image orientation dependent on amplifier

Bug Fixes
 Fixed issue where Shamrock precision was lost after power cycle
 Fixed reported timestamp for iXon3 in fast kinetics, external start
 Update SetIsolatedCropModeEx to allow setting of full sensor height and width
 Updated SetIsolatedCropModeEx to return DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE if readout mode is not image
 Removed shutter open/close time from fast kinetics cycle time for iXon, iXon+ and Ultra
 Improved pixel saturation on iXon+ systems when not using shutter or frame transfer
 Updating SetShutterEx to use min shutter time for internal shutter if not Permanently Open or Closed
 Fix for iXon Ultra not waiting for a trigger when in external start mode
 Set crop x and y start values to 1 for tethered crop mode functions
 Fixed issue where nodes were missing from the SetExternalTriggerTermination VI in LabVIEW
 SetIsolatedCropModeEx, SetCameralinkMode and SetTriggerLevel added to LabVIEW interface
 Fix for FVB mode where there was a step in the data for a DU970N in external trigger, conventional
mode
 Fixed issue that prevented USB camera from re-initializing on some systems.

Version SDK 2.95.30000.0

New Features:
 Windows 8 Support
 USB iStar now supports the option to change the gate width for each frame in a kinetic series.
 Added support for cameras that can store sensor specific acquisition configuration settings on the
camera to provide backward compatibility with older software versions
 Updated Windows USB camera driver to version 1.2.6 giving better authentication support on
Windows 7.
 The accuracy of the temperature reported by DU885 systems has been improved
 Added version information to the atmechelle.dll library
 GetCapabilities SDK function now includes the option to test whether a system supports the pre-scan
feature.
 Support for configuring gate settings on a DG535 through GPIB
 GetAcquisitionProgress will now show the accumulation number incremented when in Accumulate
mode and cosmic ray filter on.
 SetFKVShiftSpeed although deprecated can now be used with non-Classic systems
 Disabled fast kinetics for InGaAs
 Added GetRelativeImageTimes function to retrieve meta data information for a range of frames
 Support for iDus 416 camera
 Adding Extended Isolated Crop Mode functionality that allows a cropped image to be acquired from

SDK SECTION 1
Page 17
 INTRODUCTION
anywhere on the sensor for iXon Ultra.

Bug Fixes:
 Fixes to prevent gating when USB iStar is not acquiring
 Fixed issue on Windows 7 which meant the number of images per DMA was fixed at 1
 Fixed a 1 row error in the position of a Fast kinetics acquisition.
 Fix for reduced frame rate when horizontally binning in crop mode.
 Fix for images saved using the SavesAs functions storing an incorrect value for the Pre Amp Gain
 Fix for External start trigger mode causing the acquisition to continuously wait and ignore triggers on
iXon cameras at 3MHz readout
 Removed an arc artefact from the first frame on a DU920 BR-DD
 Fix to resolve an accumulated Odd/Even effect on iDus 401-BV cameras
 Fixed crash seen on initialising OptAcquire with 64-bit SDK
 Fixed iDus target temperature being different from the one that was set
 Shamrock device drivers are now signed and so will not generate a security warning during
installation.

Version 2.94.30005.0
New features:
 None

Bug fixes:
 None

Version 2.94.30001.0
New features:
 None

Bug fixes:
 IOC not operating through SDK
 Fix to prevent crash when selecting multitrack on Luca-R
 Fix for issue that was causing SDK to not write up the last Photon Counting threshold value
 Fix for the labview Get Pixel Calibration.vi always returning ATSIF_P2INVALID error
 Fix for external trigger, when the camera is under constant illumination the image is saturated
irrespective of exposure time
 Fix for SDK defaulting to using an unavailable PAG for iXon 888
 Validation now performed on the parameters of the SetDDGTimes function
 Fix so DDG Gate mode can not be changed while acquiring
 Crop settings now stored in sif file format
 iXon Ultra Shutter fixes
 Added function GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes
 Fixed temperature rate control to ensure the temperature remains steady
 Added x64 LabView Shamrock Examples

Version 2.93.30007.0
New features:
 None

Bug fixes:
 Fix for Neo PreAmpGainControl feature returning NOT_IMPLEMENTED

SDK SECTION 1
Page 18
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.93.30006.0
New features:

 None

Bug fixes:

 Fix for RTA mode on certain cameras under x64 Linux

Version 2.93.30005.0
New features:

 None

Bug fixes:

 Fix for the SetDMAParameters function for USB systems

 Fix for temperature rate control to ensure the temperature stabilizes

Version 2.93.30004.0
New features:

 None

Bug fixes:

 Increased the cooling rate for "DF8" cameras to 4 degrees/min instead of 3

 Added SetChargeShifting to C# library
 Fix for the GetReadOutTime being incorrect for iXon Ultra

Version 2.93.30000.0
New features:

 Adding function GetShutterMinTimes to get minimum times allowed for shutter open and close
operations
 x64 shamrock SDK

Bug fixes:

 Updated Labview Postprocessing Vis for 32 and 64 bit. Compatible with 7.1 and greater
 Change min shutter operation to ignore open and close times if Always open or always closed
 Fixed temperature rate control to round the set temperature to the nearest whole number as it was
causing difficulties when the rate was close to the tolerence

Version 2.92.30008.0
New features:

 Added CameraLink Functionality for iXon Ultra

Bug fixes:

 USBistar Calculation incorrect for minimum exposure time

SDK SECTION 1
Page 19
 INTRODUCTION
 Fix for horizontal image shift when taking subimages with Ultra
 iXon Ultra fix for TTL IO control
 iXon Ultra multitrack fixes
 Improvements to iXon Ultra FVB mode
 Fix for isolated crop mode with iXon Ultra
 Fixed acquisition delay with multiple iXon Ultra systems
 Fixes for software trigger mode
 Change to keep cooler always on for iXon Ultra
 Fix for USB systems not acquiring under Linux

Version 2.92.30005.0
New features:
 Added support for iXon Ultra
GetVSAmplitudeString
GetVSAmplitudeFromString
GetVSAmplitudeValue
GetEMAdvanced
 Added support for USB iStar model DH312T
 Cameras now default to fastest readout speed on initialize
 GetMCPGainRange added to C# wrapper
 Added a Visual Basic 6 helper for iStar functions with 64-bit parameters

Bug fixes:
 Updated IsPreAmpGainAvailable to make sure that a valid speed index (for the channel) is being
used
 Updated 64-bit LabVIEW library
 Kinetic series of subimages not completing for Clara
 Fixed return codes for IO functions
 Fixed Count Convert using Conventional mode
 Automatically turn on EMAdvanced for OptAcquire modes with high EMGain values
 Fixed USB iStar functions in VB.NET and Delphi wrappers
 Fixed issue were the DDG appeared not to be working after the gating mode had been set to CW
OFF
 Fixed bug were external trigger IOC was not triggering for each trigger
 Fixed minimum exposure time for InGaAs

Version 2.91.30001.0
New features:
 Added option for user to choose between IOC series per exposure or trigger
 Added support for optical gate width
GetDDGTTLGateWidth
GetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled
SetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled
 USB iStar acquisition settings now stored in sif file
 Added 64-bit version of SIFIO
 Added 64-bit support for LabVIEW
 Removed limitation on the size of a kinetic series
 Added SDK version to FITS file format
 Added support for for USB iStar DH320T
 Added support for external charge shifting mode on latest iKon-M systems

Bug fixes:
 Improved accuracy of FVB timings

SDK SECTION 1
Page 20
 INTRODUCTION
 Improved performance of detection of end of exposure on Clara
 Fixed issue with CoolerON and USB iStar
 Fixed behaviour of ARM signal in fast kinetics external trigger
 Fixed crash when using a large number of random tracks
 Fixed photon counting thresholds on USB iStar
 Fixed crash in PostProcessCountConvert
 Fixed number of preamp options reported for Clara
 Fixed readout time reported for Clara in overlap external exposure
 Fixed test for valid gate step settings
 Fixed problem with potentially invalid shift speed when A/D is changed
 Fixed intermittent fail in Fast Kinetics
 Fixed the number of kinetics used when operating in gate step and kinetics
 Fixed crash when selecting Integrate On Chip in external trigger
 Fixed problem with reported EM gain range
 Modified FITS keys to be 8 characters to meet standard
 Gate step should only be available for kinetics and fast kinetics mode
 Fixed crash in when spooling to FITS
 The data type calculation is applied on the generated spectrum if appropriate when using a Mechelle
 Fixed crash when spooling to sif if acquisition aborted before any frames acquired

Version 2.90.30003.0
New features:
 USB iStar now supported
 Added function GetNumberPhotonCountingDivisions
 Added function GetPreAmpGainText
 Added 64-bit C# wrapper
 Added Shamrock C# wrapper
 Added 64-bit VB.NET header
 Added 64-bit LabVIEW support
 Added support for 50kHz and 1MHz on iKonM-PV inspector system

Bug fixes:
 GetKeepCleanTime not implemented for DV885
 The maximum binning should be limited by the size of the AD pipeline
 Recursive filter was not being reset between acquisitions.
 Frame Averaging filter was not working in frame transfer mode.
 Fixed crash on shudown with iKon-L
 Fixed crash if GetAcquisitionTimings is called for random tracks before tracks are set up.
 Removed some memory leaks
 Incorrect timings from GetAcquisitionTimings on Clara.
 Fixed saving random tracks to Fits.
 Luca S did not support temperature control.
 Minimum image length for a DU860 increased to 6 to avoid problems with isolated crop mode.
 Fixed SetPreAmpGain and IsPreAmpGainAvailable functions to check that the preamp gain index
parameter is within range.
 Fixed data glitch on DV885 in frame transfer, external exposure mode (requires firmware upgrade)

Version 2.88.30002.0
New features:
 Added SDK function IsCountConvertModeAvailable to limit acquisition settings available for count
convert.
 Added support for new iKon-L systems.

SDK SECTION 1
Page 21
 INTRODUCTION
 Added support for new iKon-M systems.
 Added OptAcquire support for DV885 systems.

Bug fixes:
 Fixed race condition in WaitForAcquisitionTimeout.
 Image in crop mode on DU860 was shifting by 4 pixels for heights of less than 4.
 Fixed SR303 hardware issue where the step position of the wavelength drive will move when
powered on.
 SetPCIMode should return DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED when not using the CCI-23/CCI-24 card.
 All Shamrock LabVIEW function names prepended with shamrock_ to avoid conflicts.

Version 2.88.30000.0
New features:
 Added OptAcquire feature to simplify configuration of iXon systems
 Added Count Convert feature to return data as photons or electrons
 Added Data Averaging feature for real time and post processing
 Added Spurious noise Filters for both real time and post processing
 Added Photon Counting post processing option
 Andor LabVIEW library updated to use version 8.0
 Added Dual Exposure Mode for iKon-L
 Updated SIFIO to enable the retrieval of calibration data
 Updated Shamrock SDK to include a calibration for Zolix spectrographs
 Added SDK function and capability for GetBaselineClamp
 Changed keep clean in FVB mode for iXon to prevent temperature drift

Bug fixes:
 Updated capability options for C#
 Updated Andor LabVIEW library
 Shutter open/close times fixed for Auto mode
 Fixed EM gain control when using multiple systems from the same executable
 Fixed isolated crop mode when data is being accumulated
 Fixed issues with control of multiple systems with multiple threads
 Fixed exposure time in software trigger mode when using large cycle time
 Fixed memory leak in GetAvailableCameras function
 Fixed random tracks stopping in video mode

Version 2.87.30000.0
New features:
 Clara E now supported
 Newton DU970/71P cameras now supported
 Cycle time reduced for imaging on Newton and iVac systems
 Number of accumulations can now be set in a kinetic series in overlap mode
 FVB cycle time reduced in crop mode provided only the height of the sensor has been cropped

Bug fixes:
 Clara near infra red mode not operating correctly when using FVB read mode
 Minimum exposure time increased to 1 millisecond for Clara near infra red mode
 Change to remove odd/even pixel noise after a number of accumulations in iDus
 Change to resolve image wrap around on Newton sensors

SDK SECTION 1
Page 22
 INTRODUCTION
 Image was being shifted between frames when photon counting was being used on a Clara
 Fast kinetics now working in FVB mode
 First pulse missed in ring of exposures on Clara
 Updated bitmap header data to allow avi's to play in Windows 7
 Multiple systems was not supported for 64-bit Windows
 TimeStamp from Clara meta data was incorrect for a kinetic series of accumulations
 Video mode was eventually freezing in iCam PCI systems
 Fix for Spooling to fits issue in Windows 7
 Fix for image shift seen in DU940P newton cameras

Version 2.86.30000.0
New features:
 Clara meta data now stored in sif file format
 Vertical and horizontal flip tags added to the FITS header
 Newton now supports multiple images per USB interrupt to reduce CPU load
 Support added for new revision of Newton DU920P
 Control of gate mode added to iStar floating toolbar

Bug fixes:
 Fixed bug where SetPhotonCountingThreshold was always returning DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED
 Fixed reported acquisition timings for external trigger non frame transfer mode
 Fixed the SDK flipper mirror issue (problem with the port numbers being used) and updated shipped
examples
 GetFIFOUsage is now thread safe
 USB driver for SR500 and SR750 updated to avoid conflicts with servo controllers
 Fixed External trigger, frame transfer, video mode operation
Version 2.85.30000.0
New features:
 Andor Clara image quality improved
 Option to run external exposure in a kinetic series for all cameras which support iCam
 Photon Counting check added to GetCapabilities
 Added kinetic cycle time tag to spooled tiff files
 PrepareAcquisition now returns an error if insufficient memory available

Bug fixes:

 SetSpool now returns DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE under Linux when trying to spool to FITS
 Fixed crash on initialize when no Andor cameras were connected
 Fixed problem with reinitializing Shamrock models SR500 and SR750
 Fixed problem where calling IsCoolerOn during an acquisition could stop the acquisition
 Fixed issue where events from a previous acquisition were not getting cleared
 Additional pixel shift removed from overlap mode on Clara

Version 2.84.30000.0
New features:

 Andor Clara now supported

SDK SECTION 1
Page 23
 INTRODUCTION
SetDACOutput
SetDACOutputScale
GetNumberIO
SetIODirection
SetIOLevel
GetIOLevel
GetIODirection
SetTriggerInvert
IsAmplifierAvailable
SetOverlapMode
SetMetaData
GetMetaDataInfo

Bug fixes:

 Spooled files beyond 4GB could not be opened

 Data was being lost when spooled files of small images went beyond 4GB
 Spooled FITS file had cycle time saved as 0
 IsPreAmpAvailable should use channel passed rather than current one
 Random tracks data corrupted for consecutive tracks for cameras other than iXon+
 GetImages16 LabVIEW wrapper was calling wrong SDK function

Version 2.83.30001.0
New features:

 Added SetImageFlip and SetImageRotate functions to LabView wrapper

Bug fixes:

 Added ShamrockGetCalibration function to the Shamrock SDK help

Version 2.83.30000.0
New features:

 iVac systems now fully supported

 Shamrock spectrographs SR500 and SR750 now fully supported
 Fast kinetics now available for Luca-R
 Added High Capacity Mode support for DW936 cameras

Bug fixes:

 Fixes to Delphi header

 Fixed discrepancies between cycle times for multi-track and random track
 Fixed problem in fast kinetics when there was an odd number of super pixels
 Removed corrupted fire pulse in fast kinetics, external trigger
 Fix to resolve oscillations in data for certain Newton systems

SDK SECTION 1
Page 24
 INTRODUCTION
 Fix for potential fail of auto cooling on Luca systems
 Fixed maximum number in series in fast kinetics for frame transfer systems
 Fixed exposure time reported in fast kinetics

Version 2.82.30000.0
New features:

 Added option for horizontal binning in random track mode

 Added capabilities for Horizontal Binning, MultiTrackHRange, and No Gaps in Random Tracks
 New capability added to test for overlapped external exposure mode
 Deprecated SetGain for SetMCPGain which is a more accurate naming convention
 Added Dud column support to SDK – allows SDK to be configured to interpolate bad columns

Bug fixes:

 Fixed minimum exposure for Luca-R

 Updated documentation – error code correction for get data functions.
 Fixed missing cases of GetTemperature in LabVIEW wrapper.
 Updated documentation – Corrected contact information.
 StartAcquisition now returns an error if horizontal binning does not divide evenly into range for
multi-tracks
 Fixed crash when StartAcquisition is called in random track mode before random tracks are setup
 Fixed default EM gain – Set to off when system initialized
 SetRandomTracks no longer returns an error if not in random track mode
 Image mode Linux example will now work with an InGaAs
 SetRandomTracks was not returning an error for certain incorrect track combinations
 Fixed SetBaselineClamp and SetBaselineOffset – The test for availability was not complete
 Fixed GetRingExposureRange - Now uses same limit as SetRingExposureTimes
 Fixed SetRandomTracks - Was failing for some valid tracks
 Fixed SetGain error code - Now returns DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED if not an ICCD
 Fixed bug in SetRandomTracks to prevent negative numbers for number of tracks with correct
return code
 GetAmpMaxSpeed now tests for NULL array parameter
 SetCustomTrackHBin returns DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED if not available for a system
 Fixed GetAmpDesc – Tests negative value for 3rd parameter – could cause crash
 Fixed GetAmpDesc – could return unterminated string
 Luca R cooler control was never supported but SDK returned DRV_SUCCESS - SDK functions
now return proper error codes
 Fixed bug in Initialisation/Shutdown cycling – could cause crash
 Extra fire pulse when using kinetic series external exposure on DU885
 Fixed incorrect data when using kinetic series external exposure on Luca-R
 Fixed external exposure trigger mode for Luca-S

SDK SECTION 1
Page 25
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.81.30004.0
New features:

 Improved noise performance on DZ936 cameras at 3 and 5MHz horizontal readout speeds

Bug fixes:

 None

Version 2.81.30003.1
New features:

 None

Bug fixes:

 Fixed some documentation errors in LabVIEW context help

 Fixed Shamrock close and re-initialisation in C interface of Shamrock SDK
 Fixed Shamrock close operation in LabVIEW

Version 2.81.30002.0
New features:

 None

Bug fixes:

 Fixed cooling issue on Fibre Optic systems

 Fixed hot column issue on iXon DU888 cameras.
 Fixed crash in External Trigger on Newton
 Fixed DLL error on Windows Install program.

SDK SECTION 1
Page 26
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.81
New features:

 Improved shutdown in Linux during abnormal termination (Ctrl+C etc.) – signal handlers added
 CCI-24 support added to Linux SDK

Bug fixes:

 Removed Linux Device Driver compilation warnings for Kernel 2.6.23 and above.
 Crash could occur if GetAcquiredData was called before PrepareAcquisition or StartAcquisition.
 SetDriverEvent causes crash when called when system not initialized.
 GetImagesPerDMA did not return correct value unless PrepareAcquisition has been called.
 Timings incorrect for Frame Transfer in iCam mode.
 GetMostRecentImage[16] now returns correct data when used in Accumulate acquisition mode
 Fixed crash that would occur if GetNumberAvailableImages called before acquisition started
 Acquisitions now complete correctly if camera is reinitialised after being previously shutdown
 64-bit SDK will now initialise USB cameras without the necessity of having libusb0_x64.dll in same
directory as executable.
 Calibration values returned from Shamrock SDK were offset by 2 pixels from correct locations
 Fixed memory leak in SaveAsSif
 Fixed Luca re-initialisation issue - temperature reporting incorrect
 Documentation updates and corrections

Version 2.80
New features:

 iKon-L support added

 Added SetAccumulationCycleTime to LabVIEW library
 Random and multi tracks now available in frame transfer mode for iXon+
 SetNumberPrescans function added
 New timing functions added
GetKeepCleanTime
GetReadOutTime
Bug fixes:

 SetEMAdvanced was not working on Luca-R

 Random tracks external start was broken on a DU888
 InGaAs was not working in last release
 Multiple USB cameras could not be controlled
 Fast Kinetics external trigger was not working on early DV885 cameras
 Kinetic cycle time calculated wrongly when accumulating

SDK SECTION 1
Page 27
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.79
New features:

 Memory allocation improved to allow larger kinetic series to be acquired without spooling
 Luca-R range supported
 iKon-L supported
 GetImageFlip and GetImageRotation added
 Multi tracks available in frame transfer mode for iXon+
 Random tracks available in frame transfer mode for iXon+
 Capability added to test for multi and random tracks in frame transfer
 SetMultiTrackHRange added
 Random tracks can now be configured with no gaps in between for iXon+
Bug fixes:

 Temperature drifting is now handled for all cameras

 GetTemperatureStatus did not return result for iXon
 Pixel values for last column on DU885 incorrect
 Fast kinetics, external trigger not operating correctly on a DU885
 Crash when initiailising multiple usb cameras
 Kinetic cycle time could not be set reliably
 Shutter timings not correct at 35MHz on a DU885
 SetShutter function not functioning correctly for iXon+
 Grams files created not compatible with certain software packages
 EM gain could not be turned off completely
 Glitches were found in fire pulse for FVB mode on iXon+
 Image flipping and rotation properties incorrect in sif file
 CCI-20 controller card not initialising (ERROR_ACK)

Version 2.78.5
New features:
 SetIsolatedCropMode added to LabVIEW library
 SaveAsTiffEx function added to provide choice of whether data is scaled
Bug fixes:
 SaveAsTiff function for a kinetic series saved the same image for every frame
 SaveAsTiff now checks for available memory to avoid crash
 GetHeadModel function was returning model in lowercase
 iXon FPGA version not being read properly in Initialize function
 SetIsolatedCropMode function repaired
 GetAvailableCameras did not update with USB devices plugged in & out
 Using GetCameraEventStatus on fast acquisitions caused acquisition to fail
 Long kinetic series of FITS was not working

SDK SECTION 1
Page 28
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.78

New features:
 Support for Luca 285 added.
 Data transfer from USB cameras improved.
 SetIsolatedCropMode function added to provide crop mode option (added for iXon+):
 Improved support for integrate on chip: Added
GetDDGIOCFrequency
GetDDGIOCNumber
SetDDGIOCNumber
 Option to export to raw data:
SaveAsRaw
Bug fixes:
 SaveAsSif in SDK not storing readout speed correctly.
 Shutter now works correctly for Classic cameras when the software is run for the first time after
rebooting PC.
 Data was wrapping at 65K if taking a kinetic series of accumulations.

Version 2.77

New features:
 Supports 32 and 64-bit Windows XP and Vista
 Moved to new USB device driver libUSB
 iCam: New Run Till Abort functionality for latest iXon (with CCI-23 controller card), and Luca
Cameras:
SendSoftwareTrigger

SetRingExposureTimes

GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes

GetNumberRingExposureTimes

GetRingExposureRange

IsTriggerModeAvailable
 New image manipulation functions:

SetImageFlip

SetImageRotate
 Save as GRAMS SPC file format – SaveAsSPC
 Calculate the red and blue relative to green factors to white balance a colour image - WhiteBalance

SDK SECTION 1
Page 29
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.76

New features:
 Additional capabilities added to GetCapabilities function
 GetAmpDesc function added
 Timeout added for WaitForAcquisition function

Bug fixes:
 Error returned if an invalid EM gain mode is selected
 Fixed issues with Fast Kinetics on an iXon
 Sometimes a camera was not ready to acquire when an acquisition event was sent
 Fixed initialization problem when a ‘.’ was in the path send to Initialize() function

Version 2.75

New features:
 Spooling to FITS, SIF and TIFF now available.
 SetBaselineOffset function added
 SetShutterEx added to control both an internal and external shutter through a DV8285
 SaveAsSif now handles spooled files

Bug Fixes:
 GetNumberHSSpeeds now includes error checking for classics
 GetCapabilities returns correct bit depth for an iDus
 IsPreAmpGainAvailable now indicates yes for classic cameras as long as the gain index is zero and
other parameters are valid
 EMGain Capability now returned correctly for iDus, Newton, USB iStar
 SaveAsBmp was not working in latest version

Version 2.74

New features:
 Support for new Luca range of Cameras
 Control of linear EM gain:
GetEMCCDGain
GetEMGainRange
SetEMGainMode
 Option to save to FITS file format : SaveAsFITS
 Crop mode available with Newton: SetCropMode

SDK SECTION 1
Page 30
 INTRODUCTION
Version 2.73

New features:
 Support for Newton and SurCam range of Cameras
Bug fixes:
 GetMostRecentImage does not now prevent access to images previous to the one obtained
 Controller type can be tested.

SDK SECTION 1
Page 31
 INSTALLATION
SECTION 2 - SOFTWARE INSTALLATIONS

PC requirements
Please consult the Specification Sheet for your camera for the minimum and the recommended PC
requirements.

SDK WINDOWS INSTALLATION

The installation of the Andor SDK software is a straightforward process, the steps for which are outlined
below. Before proceeding with the installation, it is recommended that you read the remainder of this
section first.

1. Insert the CD supplied with the SDK, and execute the "SETUP.EXE" program. This will take you
through the complete installation process. You will be prompted to select the type of camera you
have purchased as the installation needs to configure, were required, the "Detector.ini" file
appropriately. You will also be requested to select a destination directory; this should be a directory
that all users planning to use the SDK have full read/write privileges to. The directory will be
created if it does not already exist. It is recommended that if you are performing an upgrade or
reinstall that you do it to a clean directory.

Example programs will be copied into sub-directories of the installation directory specified above.

2. If not already installed, proceed with installing camera hardware. Consult your User guide for
details. You may have to restart the PC to complete the installation

3. Navigate to the directory ‘<destination directory>\Examples\C’ directory. Go into any

sub directory and run the ‘.exe’ file that you see there. If this runs successfully then your
installation has completed. If it does not run with a successful message please consult the
troubleshooting guide later in this section.

The installation process will copy the following files into the specified base directory:

ATMCD32D.DLL (32-bit Dynamic Link Library)

ATMCD64D.DLL (64-bit Dynamic Link Library)

DETECTOR.INI (Classic CCD, ICCD and iStar cameras only)

ATMCD32D.H ( C, C++ only)

ATMCD32D.LIB (Borland compatible library, C, C++ only)

ATMCD32M.LIB (Microsoft compatible library, C, C++ only)

ATMCD32D.BAS ( Visual Basic only)

ATMCD32D.PAS ( Pascal only)

ATMCD32CS.DLL (C# only)

ATMCD32D.VB (VB.net)

SDK SECTION 2
Page 32
 INSTALLATION
NOTE: The files are also copied into each example directory. This is to allow each example to be
run as a stand-alone program.

A device driver required to support the camera will also be installed. The actual driver installed will depend
on the camera type and operating system version, i.e.:

 For PCI systems the driver file is atmcdwdm.sys for 32-bit operating systems, or
atmcdwdm64.sys for 64-bit operating systems.

 For USB cameras the driver file is libusb0.sys for 32-bit operating systems, or libusb0_x64.sys
for 64-bit operating systems.

NOTE: Do not have more than one example or other SDK software (e.g. Andor Solis™, iQ™)
running at the same time.

SDK SECTION 2
Page 33
 INSTALLATION
Windows Troubleshooting
Installing on Windows 7
 Some users have experienced difficulty installing the SDK on Windows 7, if so please see the
Window 7 Driver Installation Guide.

If you are running a PCI camera

 Check that the Andor Technology PCI driver appears in the Ensure that an Andor section in exists
in the Device Manager and that an Andor Technology PCI driver appears in it. To access the
Device Manager, go to the Control Panel and click on the “System” control. From here, select the
Hardware tab and then click on the Device Manager button.
 Shut down the PC and ensure that the PCI card is seated correctly
 For 32-bit OS, ensure that the file atmcdwdm.sys file appears in the
C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers directory. The latest version is 4.29.0.0
 For 64-bit OS, ensure that the file atmcdwdm64.sys file appears in the
C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers directory. The latest version is 4.29.0.0
 If the Windows NT driver atmcd.sys is in the “Drivers” directory delete it and restart the PC.

If you are experiencing communication problems with the Andor USB cameras carry out the following
actions:

 Confirm that the PC being used is USB 2.0 compatible and that a USB 2.0 port is being used for the
camera
 Check the power to the iDus camera.
 Check the USB cable from the PC to the iDus camera.
 Ensure that a LibUSB-Win32 Devices section exists in the Device Manager and tab and that your
camera is listed. To access the Device Manager, go to the Control Panel and click on the “System”
control. From here, select the Hardware tab and then click on the Device Manager button. If the
entry does not exist or there is an exclamation mark beside it carry out the following actions
1. Power the camera off and on and after the new hardware is detected, follow the instructions to
install a driver for the new device. When asked for a location, point to the directory where the
software was installed.
2. If there is a USB device with an exclamation mark beside it and you cannot account for this
device then it is probably the Andor camera and the driver is not installed. Install the driver as
described previously or right click on the entry and update driver.
3. Close down any Andor software, remove the USB cable from either the camera or the PC and
reconnect it again. Run the software to see if the camera is now detected.

4. If still not connected then , remove the USB cable from either the PC or the camera, power the
camera off and on the camera and reconnect the USB cable again.

5. Run the software to see if the camera is now detected.

NOTE: If the camera is still not detected after step 6, please contact the appropriate technical
support person

SDK SECTION 2
Page 34
 INSTALLATION

SDK SECTION 2
Page 35
 INSTALLATION
SDK LINUX INSTALLATION

The first step is to unpack the archive that you have received. With the following steps replace <version>
with the version number of the archive you have. E.g. 2.15

1. Open a terminal
2. Change the directory to where the andor-<version>.tar.gz file is located
3. Type 'tar -zxvf andor-<version>.tar.gz'

A new directory named 'andor' is created.

To install the SDK run the script ‘install_andor’ from the ‘andor’ directory. See the ‘INSTALL’ file located in
the same directory, for further information.

LABVIEW INSTALLATION

When you install the SDK onto a machine with LabVIEW installed, the SDK DLL and LabVIEW files are
automatically copied into the LabVIEW install directory.

All Andor SDK function wrappers are present in a LabVIEW library file, "atmcd32d.llb", installed in your
“user.lib” directory in you LabVIEW install folder.

The library can be added to any of your palette views. Instructions for adding the SDK to your palette view
are described below.

Note: Depending on the version of LabVIEW you are using, the menu structure may be different. Please
consult your LabVIEW manual for general help on adding LLBs if you have any issues.

1) Select the menu item "Tools -> Advanced -> Edit Palette Views..."
2) Right Click on the Functions tool bar & select "Insert -> Submenu..."
3) In the dialog select "Link to LLB library..."
4) Navigate to the user.lib directory and select "atmcd32d.llb" - The submenu with all SDK functions
has been added
5) Right click on the new palette view and select "Rename Submenu..."
6) Change the name to "Andor SDK"
7) Repeat steps 2-6 for the Controls tool bar.

SDK SECTION 2
Page 36
 INSTALLATION
Linux Troubleshooting
If you are having trouble running your camera under the Linux operating system please check the following
before contacting Technical Support

For PCI,

 Check that the device driver is loaded. Type ‘/sbin/lsmod’ – andordrvlx should be listed.

For USB,

 Check that libUSB is available, ‘whereis libusb’

 Check that the Andor device is listed in the /proc/bus/usb/devices file.

 Check that the relevant device under /proc/bus/usb/00X/00Y has write access for all users.

SDK SECTION 2
Page 37
 READOUT MODES
SECTION 3 - READOUT MODES
INTRODUCTION

Andor systems are based on a detector known as a Charged Coupled Device (CCD). The detector is divided
up as a 2-dimensional array of pixels, each capable of detecting light. For example, systems based on an
2
EEV 30-11 CCD chip have 1024 X 256 pixels, where each pixel is 26m (all examples given in this manual
assume an EEV 30-11 based system). This 2-dimensional nature allows the device to be operated using a
number of different binning patterns. We refer to these binning patterns as Readout Modes.

Andor has several different readout modes as follows:

 Full Vertical Binning (FVB)
 Single-Track
 Multi-Track
 Random-Track
 Image
 Cropped
Figure 1 shows the binning patterns :

Figure 1: Binning patterns

We will now look at each of these modes in more detail.

NOTE: All of the patterns described can be simulated by the user in software but by carrying out
the pattern in the camera greatly increases speed and improves Signal to Noise ratio.

SDK SECTION 3
Page 38
 READOUT MODES
Full Vertical Binning
Full Vertical Binning (FVB) is the simplest mode of operation. It allows you to use the CCD chip as a Linear
Image Sensor (similar to a photo diode array). The charge from each column of pixels is vertically binned
into the shift register. This results in a net single charge per column. Therefore, for a 30-11 CCD an
acquisition using FVB will result in 1024 data points.

To set-up a Full Vertical Binning acquisition call:

SetReadMode(0)

Figure 2: Full Vertical Binning

Single-Track
Single-Track mode is similar to the Full Vertical Binning mode discussed previously in that upon completion
of an acquisition you will have a single spectrum. However, that is where the similarities end.

With Single-Track you can specify not only the height (in pixels) of the area to be acquired but also its vertical
position on the CCD. To ensure the best possible Signal to Noise ratio all the rows within the specified area
are binned together into the shift register of the CCD and then digitized.

Figure 3: Single-track
Single-Track mode is useful because you are able to precisely define only the area of the CCD sensor that is
illuminated by light. This is particularly important in low light level applications as it allows you to minimize the
contribution of dark current in the measured signal. Also, if you are using an imaging spectrograph, such as
the Shamrock, with a multiple core fiber, this mode allows you to select a single fiber for examination.

To set-up a Single-Track acquisition you need to call the following functions:

SetReadMode(3);

SetSingleTrack(128,20);

NOTE: If a non frame-transfer camera is used, a shutter may be required to prevent light (which would
otherwise fall on the CCD-chip outside the specified track) from corrupting the data during binning.
Please refer to SECTION 7 - SHUTTER CONTROL for further information.

SDK SECTION 3
Page 39
 READOUT MODES
Multi-Track
Multi-Track mode allows you to create one or more tracks (each of which behaves like the Single-Track
above). With Multi-Track you specify the number of tracks and the track height. The driver internally sets the
actual position of each track so that the tracks are evenly spaced across the CCD. The tracks can be
vertically shifted, en masse, by specifying a positive or negative offset about a central position. For greater
control over the positioning of the tracks use Random-Track mode.

Figure 4: Multi-Track
Multi-Tracks will allow you to simultaneously acquire a number of spectra, delivered typically via a fiber
bundle. If you are using a non-frame transfer camera and a continuous source, you will need to use a shutter
to avoid streaking the spectra during the binning process. Please refer to SECTION 7 - SHUTTER
CONTROL for further information.

To set-up a Multi-Track acquisition you need to call the following functions:

SetReadMode(1);
SetMultiTrack(5,20,0,bottom, gap);

The SetMultiTrack function also returns the position of the first pixel row of the first track “bottom”, together
with the gap between tracks, “gap”. This allows the user to calculate the actual position of each track.

NOTE:

1. Before using Multi-Track mode with fiber bundles it is often useful to acquire a full resolution
image of the output. Having observed the vertical position and spacing of the individual
spectra, you can vary track height and offset accordingly.

2. Imaging spectrographs vertically invert input light (i.e. light from the top fiber will fall on the
bottom track on the CCD-chip.)

SDK SECTION 3
Page 40
 READOUT MODES
Random-Track
In Random-Track mode the position and height of each track is specified by the user, unlike Multi-Track
mode were the driver sets the position of each track automatically.

Figure 5: Random-Track

Random-Track will allow you to simultaneously acquire a number of spectra, delivered typically via a fiber
bundle. Unless you are acquiring data from a pulsed source you will need to use a shutter to avoid streaking
the spectra during the binning process. To set-up a Random-Track acquisition you need to call the following
functions:

SetReadMode(2);
int position[6];
position[0] = 20;
position[1] = 30; //end of track 1, 11 rows height
position[2] = 40; //start of track 2
position[3] = 40; //end of track 2, 1 row height
position[4] = 100; //start of track 3
position[5] = 150; //end of track 3, 51 rows height
SetRandomTracks(3,position);

The SetRandomTracks function validates all the entries and then makes a local copy of the tracks positions.
For the array of tracks to be valid the track positions MUST be in ascending order.

NOTES:

1. A track of 1 row in height will have the same start and end positions.

2. Before using Random-Track mode with fiber bundles it is often useful to acquire a Full
Resolution Image of the output.

3. Having observed the vertical positions of the individual spectra set the Random-Track mode
accordingly.

4. Imaging spectrographs vertically invert input light (i.e. light from the top fiber will fall on the
bottom track on the CCD-chip.)

SDK SECTION 3
Page 41
 READOUT MODES
Image
In Image mode the CCD is operated much like a camera. In this mode you get a measured value for each
pixel on the CCD, in effect allowing you to ‘take a picture’ of the light pattern falling on the pixel matrix of the
CCD. To prevent smearing the image, light must be prevented from falling onto the CCD during the readout
process. Please refer to SECTION 7 - SHUTTER CONTROL for further information.

Figure 6: Image mode

To reduce the file size and increase the speed of readout it is possible to specify a sub-area of the CCD to be
read out. It is also possible to bin pixels together horizontally and vertically to create super pixels.

To set up a “Full Resolution Image” acquisition you need to call the following functions:

SetReadMode(4);
SetImage(1,1,1,1024,1,256);

To acquire a sub-area with lower left co-ordinates of (19, 10), with binning of 4 in both the horizontal and
vertical directions, and 100x16 pixels in the acquired image you would call the SetImage function with the
following parameters:

SetImage(4,4,19,118,10,25);

By a process of binning charge vertically into the shift register from several rows at a time (e.g. 4) and then
binning charge horizontally from several columns of the shift register at a time (e.g. 4) the ANDOR SDK
system is effectively reading out charge from a matrix of super pixels which each measure 4 x 4 real pixels.
The result is a more coarsely defined image, but faster processing speed, lower storage requirements, and a
better signal to noise ratio (since for each element or super pixel in the resultant image, the combined charge
from several pixels is being binned and read out, rather than the possibly weak charge from an individual
pixel).

SDK SECTION 3
Page 42
 READOUT MODES
Cropped
In Cropped mode, we can "fool" the sensor into thinking it is smaller than it actually is, and readout
continuously at a much faster frame rate. The spectral time resolution is dictated by the time taken to readout
the smaller defined section of the sensor.

If your experiment dictates that you need fast time resolution but cannot be constrained by the storage size of
the sensor, then it is possible to readout the EMCCD in a "cropped sensor" mode, as illustrated below.

Figure 7: Cropped mode

To set up the CCD with a cropped image, as in figure 7, see SetIsolatedCropMode.

NOTE: It is important to ensure that no light falls on the excluded region otherwise the
acquired data will be corrupted.

SDK SECTION 3
Page 43
 ACQUISITION MODES
SECTION 4 - ACQUISITION MODES
ACQUISITION MODE TYPES

In the previous section the different ReadOut Modes (binning patterns) supported by the Andor SDK were
discussed. In addition the Andor SDK allows you to control the number and the timing details of acquisitions made
using the various binning patterns. To simplify the process of controlling these acquisitions the Andor SDK has
divided the acquisition process into several different Acquisition Modes:

 Single Scan

 Accumulate

 Kinetic Series

 Run Till Abort

 Fast Kinetics

Single Scan is the simplest form of acquisition where a single scan is captured.

Accumulate mode takes a sequence of single scans and adds them together.

Kinetic Series mode captures a sequence of single scans, or possibly, depending on the camera, a sequence of
accumulated scans.

Run Till Abort continually performs scans of the CCD until aborted.

If your system is a Frame Transfer CCD, the acquisition modes can be enhanced by setting the chip operational
mode to Frame Transfer.

In the remainder of this section we will discuss in detail what each of these modes actually are and what needs to
be specified to fully define an acquisition.

The table below summarizes the information that is needed for each acquisition mode:

NO.
ACCUMULATE NO. KINETIC
EXPOSURE IN
MODE CYCLE OF CYCLE
TIME KINETIC
TIME ACCUMULATIONS TIME
SERIES

SINGLE SCAN X
ACCUMULATE X X X
KINETIC SERIES X X X X X
RUN TILL ABORT X X
FAST KINETICS X X X
NOTE: For the purpose of this document an acquisition is taken to mean the complete data capture
process. By contrast, a scan is a single readout of data from the CCD-Chip, i.e. a complete data
acquisition comprises the capture of one or more scans.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 44
 ACQUISITION MODES
Single Scan
Single Scan is the simplest acquisition mode available with the Andor system. In this mode Andor SDK
performs one scan (or readout) of the CCD and stores the acquired data in the memory of the PC.

To set the acquisition mode to Single Scan call:

SetAcquisitionMode(1)

SetExposureTime(0.3)

Here the exposure time is the time during which the CCD sensor is sensitive to light. The exposure time is set
via the SetExposureTime function.

NOTE: Due to the time needed to shift charge into the shift register, digitize it and operate shutters,
where necessary, the exposure time cannot be set to just any value. For example, the minimum
exposure time depends on many factors including the readout mode, trigger mode and the digitizing
rate. To help the user determine what the actual exposure time will be the driver automatically
calculates the nearest allowed value, not less than the user’s choice. The actual calculated exposure
time used by Andor SDK may be obtained via the GetAcquisitionTimings function (this function should
be called after the acquisition details have been fully defined i.e. readout mode, trigger mode etc.
have been set).

SDK SECTION 4
Page 45
 ACQUISITION MODES
Accumulate
Accumulate mode adds together (in computer memory) the data from a number of scans to form a single
‘accumulated scan’. This mode is equivalent to taking a series of Single Scans and “manually” adding them
together. However, by using the built-in Accumulate mode you gain the ability to specify the time delay (or
period) between two consecutive scans and also the total number of scans to be added.

To set the acquisition mode to Accumulate call:

SetAcquisitionMode (2)

To fully define an Accumulate acquisition you will need to supply the follow information:

Exposure Time. This is the time in seconds during which the CCD sensor collects light prior to readout. Set
via the SetExposureTime function.

Number of Accumulations. This is the number of scans to be acquired and accumulated in the memory of
the PC. Set via the SetNumberAccumulations function.

Accumulate Cycle Time. This is the period in seconds between the start of each scan.

Set via the SetAccumulationCycleTime function. (This parameter is only applicable if you have selected
Internal trigger – Please refer to SECTION 6 – TRIGGERING for further information.

NOTES:

1. If the exposure time or the cycle time are set too low or are not permissible values, the driver
will automatically calculate the nearest appropriate value.

2. The actual values used can be obtained via the GetAcquisitionTimings function (this
function should be called after the acquisition has been fully defined (i.e. readout mode,
trigger mode etc. have been set).

3. In External Trigger mode the delay between each scan making up the acquisition is not
under the control of the Andor system but is synchronized to an externally generated trigger
pulse.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 46
 ACQUISITION MODES
Kinetic Series
Kinetic Series mode captures a sequence of single scans, or a sequence of accumulated scans, into
memory. This mode is equivalent to manually taking a series of single scans (or accumulated scans).
However, by using the built-in Kinetic Series mode you gain the ability to specify the time delay (or period)
between two consecutive scans and also the total number of scans to be acquired.

NOTE: In External Trigger mode the delay between each scan making up the acquisition is not under
the control of the Andor SDK, but is synchronized to an externally generated trigger pulse.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 47
 ACQUISITION MODES
To set the acquisition mode to Kinetic Series call:

SetAcquisitionMode(3)

To fully define a Kinetic Series acquisition you will need to supply the following information:

Exposure Time. This is the time in seconds during which the CCD collects light prior to readout.

Set via the SetExposureTime function.

Number of Accumulations. This is the number of scans you want to add together to create each member of
your kinetic series. The default value of 1 means that each member of the kinetic series will consist of a
single scan.

Set via the SetNumberAccumulations function.

Accumulate Cycle Time. This is the period in seconds between the start of individual scans (see Number of
Accumulations above) that are accumulated in computer memory to create each member of your kinetic
series - each member of the series is an ‘accumulated scan’.

Set via the SetAccumulationCycleTime function.

(This parameter is only applicable if you have selected the Internal trigger and the Number of Accumulations
is greater than 1- Please refer to SECTION 6 – TRIGGERING for further information.)

Number in Kinetic Series. This is the number of scans (or ‘accumulated scans’) you specify to be in your
series.

Set via the SetNumberKinetics function.

Kinetic Cycle Time. This is the period in seconds between the start of each scan (or set of accumulated
scans, if you have set the Number of Accumulations to more than 1) in the series.

Set via the SetKineticCycleTime function.

(This parameter is only applicable if you have selected the Internal trigger - see Trigger Modes.)

NOTE:

1. If the exposure time or the cycle time are set too low or are not permissible values, the driver
will automatically calculate the nearest appropriate value.

2. The actual values used can be obtained via the GetAcquisitionTimings function. This function
should be called after the acquisition has been fully defined i.e. readout mode, trigger mode
etc. have been set). If you are using a shutter, please refer to SECTION 7 – SHUTTER
CONTROL for further information

SDK SECTION 4
Page 48
 ACQUISITION MODES
Run Till Abort
Run Till Abort mode continually performs scans of the CCD at the rate set by the user, until the acquisition is
stopped by calling the AbortAcquisition function. The minimum possible delay between each scan will be the
minimum Kinetic Cycle Time.

To set the acquisition mode to Run Till Abort call:

SetAcquistionMode(5)
SetExposureTime(0.3)
SetKineticCycleTime(0)

Here the exposure time is the time during which the CCD sensor is sensitive to light.

NOTES:

1. The total number of images acquired during the acquisition can be obtained at any time by
calling the GetTotalNumberImagesAcquired function. The data acquired during the
acquisition will be stored in the circular buffer until it is overwritten by new scans. The
capacity of the circular buffer can be obtained by calling the GetSizeOfCircularBuffer
function. To retrieve all valid data from the circular buffer before it is overwritten by new data
the GetNumberNewImages and GetImages functions should be used. Alternatively, to retrieve
only the most recent image the GetMostRecentImage function can be used. Finally, to retrieve
the oldest image the GetOldestImage function can be used.

2. Due to the time needed to shift charge into the shift register, digitize it and operate shutters,
where necessary, the exposure time cannot be set to just any value. For example, the
minimum exposure time depends on many factors including the readout mode, trigger mode
and the digitizing rate. To help the user determine what the actual exposure time will be, the
driver automatically calculates the nearest allowed value that is not less than the user’s
choice. Thus, the actual calculated exposure time used by Andor SDK may be obtained via
GetAcquisitionTimings (this function should be called after the acquisition details have been
fully defined i.e. readout mode, trigger mode etc. have been set).

iCam Run Till Abort

SDK SECTION 4
Page 49
 ACQUISITION MODES
When in this mode of operation (Run Till Abort) some systems have an enhanced trigger mode and
enhanced exposure time capability. To check if these enhanced features are available with your system,
use the function GetCapabilities and check the ulTriggerModes variable for bit 3
(AC_TRIGGERMODE_CONTINUOUS) being set.

The enhanced features include:·

1. Ring of exposures

2. Software Trigger or External trigger

3. Ability to change exposure times during acquisition without aborting the run.

4. External Level Exposure (Bulb) Trigger

These enhanced features are particular useful in situations where you need to acquire data at a fast rate but
not at some predefined rate or when you need to change the exposure time between successive scans. A
good example would be calcium imaging where you need to take 2 images at different wavelengths with
possibly different light levels. With this new mode of operation you would set the experiment up as follows:

1. Configure the camera to acquire an image

SetReadMode, SetImage, SetFrameTransferMode

2. Select Run-till-abort mode SetAcquisitionMode

3. Select Software trigger SetTriggerMode(10)

Confirm with IsTriggerModeAvailable(10)

4. Set exposure time. SetExposureTime or SetRingExposureTimes

5. Move filter to first position

6. Start acquisition. StartAcquisition

7. Send software Trigger. SendSoftwareTrigger

8. Wait for an acquisition event. See SetDriverEvent

9. Move Filter to next position.

10. Change exposure time. See SetExposureTime

11. Retrieve data see GetAcquiredData

12. Go to step 7

In the procedure outlined above we manually changed the exposure during the sequence. However, we
could have used the new “Ring of exposures” feature to set up the two exposure times in advance and let
the camera automatically switch between them as necessary. see SetRingExposureTimes

There is also the ability to detect the end of the exposure and start reconfiguring the experiment for the next
acquisition while the readout of the first scan is still in progress. See SetAcqStatusEvent.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 50
 ACQUISITION MODES
NOTE: This will also work in External trigger mode SetTriggerMode, with an external trigger source
determining the start of an exposure instead of the SendSoftwareTrigger command. In external
trigger care must be taken to ensure that the external trigger occurs when the camera is ready for it
i.e. the frequency of the external trigger source has to be within the capabilities of the camera with
the current settings.

With External Exposure trigger mode the width of the trigger pulse source will determine the exposure time
and the Ring of Exposures will not be applicable.

See also Acquisition Modes. GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes GetNumberRingExposureTimes

GetRingExposureRange IsTriggerModeAvailable SendSoftwareTrigger SetRingExposureTimes
SetTriggerMode

SDK SECTION 4
Page 51
 ACQUISITION MODES
Fast Kinetics
Fast Kinetics is a special readout mode that uses the actual sensor as a temporary storage medium and
allows an extremely fast sequence of images to be captured. The capture sequence is described with the
following steps:

Step 1: both the Image and Storage areas of the sensor are fully cleaned out (the Keep Clean Cycle)

Step 2: the Keep Clean Cycle stops and the acquisition begins. The image builds up on the illuminated section
of the sensor which is typically a small number of rows at the top of the sensor

Step 3: the sensor remains in this state until the exposure time has elapsed, at which point the complete
sensor is clocked vertically by the number of rows specified by the user.

Steps 4 & 5: the process is continued until the number of images stored equals the series length set by the
user.

Step 6: at this point the sequence moves into the readout phase by first vertically shifting the first image to the
bottom row of the sensor. The sensor is then read out in the standard method.

Points to consider for Fast Kinetics Mode:

• Light MUST only be allowed to fall on the specified sub-area. Light falling anywhere else will contaminate the
data.

• The maximum number of images in the sequence is set by the position of the sub-area, the height of the sub-
area and the number of rows in the CCD (Image and Storage area)

• There are no Keep Clean cycles during the acquisition sequence.

EM
• The industry fastest vertical shift speeds of the iXon + enables fastest time resolution with minimal vertical
smearing.

• A range of internal trigger and external trigger options are available for Fast Kinetics Readout.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 52
 ACQUISITION MODES
Frame Transfer
Frame transfer is a mode of operation of the chip that is only available if your system contains a Frame
Transfer CCD (FT CCD). It can be switched on for any acquisition mode.

A FT CCD differs from a standard CCD in 2 ways:

 Firstly, a FT CCD contains 2 areas, of approximately equal size (see figure 7 below).

1. The first area is the Image area, this area is at the top and farthest from the readout
register. It is in this area that the CCD is sensitive to light.

2. The second area is the Storage area and sits between the Image area and the readout
register. This area is covered by an opaque mask, usually a metal film, and hence is not
sensitive to light.

 The second way in which a FT CCD differs from a standard CCD is that the Image and the Storage
areas can be shifted independently of each other.

These differences allow a FT CCD to be operated in a unique mode where one image can be read out while
the next image is being acquired. It also allows a FT CCD to be used in imaging mode without a shutter.

Figure 7: Frame Transfer CCD

SDK SECTION 4
Page 53
 ACQUISITION MODES
Figure 8 takes you through the capture sequence for an FT CCD:

Figure 8: Capture sequence for a Frame Transfer CCD

Step 1: Both Image and Storage areas of the CCD are fully cleaned out. This is known as a Keep Clean
Cycle. Keep Clean Cycles occur continuously to ensure that the camera is always ready to start an
acquisition when required.

Step 2: On receipt of a start acquisition command the CCD stops the Keep Clean Cycle. This allows the
image, photoelectric charge, to build up in the Image area of the CCD. The CCD remains in this state until the
exposure time has elapsed, at which point the readout process starts.

Step 3: In this step the charge, built up in the Image area, is quickly shifted into the Storage area. The time
required to move the charge into the storage area is calculated as follows:

No. of Rows in the Image Area x Vertical Shift Rate.

Once the Image area has been shifted into the storage area the Image area stops vertically shifting and
begins to accumulate charge again, i.e. the next exposure starts.

Step 4: While the Image area is accumulating charge the Storage area is being read out. This readout phase
can take tens of milliseconds to seconds depending on the image size, readout pattern and readout speed.

Step 5 & 6: On completion of the readout, the system will wait until the exposure time has elapsed before
starting the next readout (Step 6).

As the captured image is quickly shifted into the Storage area, a Frame Transfer CCD system can be used
without a mechanical shutter.

NOTES:

 When using Frame Transfer mode, the minimum exposure time for a FT CCD operated in
frame transfer mode is the time taken to readout the image from the storage area.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 54
 ACQUISITION MODES
 The Accumulation Cycle Time and the Kinetic Cycle Time are fully dependent on the
exposure time and hence cannot be set via the software.

 For our Classic CCD range of cameras with frame transfer type sensors the camera can be
operated in External Trigger mode. In this mode there are no keep cleans and the external
trigger starts the "Readout" phase. The exposure time is the time between external triggers
and hence the user cannot set the exposure or cycle times.

 For our iXon range of cameras the external trigger mode is more flexible. With these
cameras the user can define the amount of time between the external trigger event
occurring and the readout starting. This can be useful in those situations where the TTL
trigger occurs before the light event you are trying to capture. As in the Classic Camera
case, no keep cleans are running and the true exposure time is the time between triggers.
However, the exposure window has moved in time by the exposure time.

 There is no need for a mechanical shutter. As the exposure time is long compared to the
time required to shift the image into the storage area and therefore, image streaking will be
insignificant.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 55
 ACQUISITION MODES
It is also possible to operate a FT CCD in a non-frame transfer mode. In this standard mode of operation, an
FT CCD acts much like a standard CCD. The capture sequence for this standard mode is illustrated here:

 Step 1: Both Image and Storage areas of the CCD are fully cleared out (the Keep Clean Cycle).

 Step 2: When an acquisition begins, the CCD stops the Keep Clean Cycle. The image builds up in
the Image area of the CCD. The CCD remains in this state until the exposure time has elapsed, at
which point the readout process starts.

 Step 3: The charge built up in the Image area is quickly shifted, into the Storage area. The time
required to move the charge into the Storage area is the same as in the Frame Transfer mode.

 Step 4: With the image now in the Storage area the captured image is read out. The time taken to
read out the image is again the same as in the Frame Transfer mode.

 Step 5: On completion of the readout, the CCD is again completely cleared, ready to acquire the next
image. The CCD remains in the Keep Clean Cycle until the end of the accumulation or kinetic cycle
time, depending on the acquisition mode, i.e. back to Step 1. As at least one Keep Clean Cycle is
performed between each exposure, the minimum exposure time is no longer set by the time to read
out the image.

As the captured image is quickly shifted into the Storage area, even in non-Frame Transfer mode, the
system may still be used without a mechanical shutter.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 56
 ACQUISITION MODES
NOTES:

 When using an FT CCD as a standard CCD, the Exposure Time, Accumulation Cycle Time
and Kinetic Cycle Time can be set independently.

 The minimum exposure time is not related to the time taken to read out the image.

 External trigger operates as if the CCD was a Non-FT CCD.

 As the captured image is quickly shifted into the storage area, even in non-frame transfer
mode, the system may still be used without a mechanical shutter.

 For short exposure times the image may appear streaked as the time taken to shift the
image area into the storage area may be of similar magnitude.

 Light falling on the Image area while the Storage area is being read out may contaminate
the image in the Storage area due to charge spilling vertically along a column from the
Image area. The slower the readout rate or the shorter the exposure time the greater the
possibility of corruption. To see why this is the case, consider the following situation:

“During a 100us exposure enough light has fallen on a pixel to register 10000 counts, or 100,000
electrons assuming 10e/count. The image is then shifted into the Storage area. To read out the
image, assuming 1000x1000 pixels, it would take approximately 100ms at 10MHx readout rate. This
means that during the reading out of the image 10 million counts (10000 * 1000) will have been
acquired into the pixel described above. As a pixel saturates at approximately 160,000 electrons this
means that the pixel will over saturated by 60 times. All the excess charge has to go somewhere, and
spreads vertically along the CCD column. As the clocks in the Image area are not actively shifting the
charge, the mobility of the charge will be low and you may not see any effect. However, when you
consider that more than one pixel in any given column could be exposed to 10000 counts per 100us,
the chance of corrupting data is correspondingly increased. Changing the readout rate to 1
microsecond per pixel will greatly decrease the possibility of data corruption due to the reduced time
to read out the image. Reducing the amount of light falling on the CCD and increasing the exposure
time accordingly will also reduce the possibility of data corruption.”

SDK SECTION 4
Page 57
 ACQUISITION MODES
By default the system is set to non-Frame Transfer mode. To set the chip operation mode to Frame Transfer
call:

SetFrameTransferMode(1)

To switch back to non-frame transfer mode call

SetFrameTransferMode(0)

To fully define a Frame Transfer acquisition you will need to supply the following information:
 Exposure Time: Time in seconds during which the CCD collects light prior to readout. Set via the
SetExposureTime function.

 Number of Accumulations: Number of scans you want to add together to create each member
of your kinetic series. The default value of 1 means that each member of the kinetic series will
consist of a single scan. Set via the SetNumberAccumulations function.

 Number in Kinetic Series: Number of scans (or accumulated scans) you specify to be in your
series. Set via the SetNumberKinetics function.

SDK SECTION 4
Page 58
 TRIGGERING
SECTION 5 - TRIGGERING
TRIGGER MODES

To assist the user in synchronizing data capture with external events the Andor system supports several
modes of triggering, including

Internal

External

External Start

External Exposure (Bulb)

External FVB EM (only valid for EM Newton models in FVB mode) (needs added)

Software

The trigger mode is set via the SetTriggerMode function. In the remainder of this section we will examine
the modes in detail and give some indication on the appropriate application of each trigger mode.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 59
 TRIGGERING
Internal
In Internal Trigger Mode once an acquisition has been started via the StartAcquisition function the Andor
system determines when data is actually acquired. Before the camera starts the data capture process it
ensures that the CCD is in the appropriate state. This ensures that all acquisitions are identical no matter
how long a time has elapsed since data was last acquired (in fact the camera continually reads out the
CCD to help prevent it from being saturated by light falling on it whilst it is not acquiring data). The camera
also generates all the necessary pulses for shuttering and firing external sources. These pulses are
accessed directly on the camera or via the Auxiliary Connector depending on the model. The Fire Output
defines the position in time during which it is safe to allow a pulsed source to fire. The figure below
illustrates the timing sequence for this mode of operation.

Internal Trigger Mode is ideal for situations where you are using ‘continuous wave’ (CW) light sources (an
ordinary room light for instance) and incoming data, for the purposes of your observation, are steady and
unbroken: thus you can begin acquisitions ‘at will’.

You may use Internal Trigger Mode when you are able to send a trigger signal or ‘Fire Pulse’ to a short-
duration, pulsed source (a laser, for example): in this case, initiating the data acquisition process can also
signal the pulsed source to fire.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 60
 TRIGGERING
External
In External Trigger Mode once an acquisition has been started via the StartAcquisition function the
camera is placed into a special dumping version of the ‘Keep Clean’ mode, which ensures that the CCD is
not saturated before the external trigger occurs. Once the External Trigger is received the Keep Clean
sequence is stopped and the acquisition is initiated.

The figure below illustrates the timing sequence for this mode of operation:

The external trigger can be fed in a number of ways:

 EXT TRIG socket of the I/O Box (available separately, model #IO160)

 Pin 13 of the Auxiliary Connector on the Andor PCI Card

 The head in the case of iDus / iXon.

External Trigger mode is suited to data acquisitions involving a ‘pulsed source’ (e.g. a laser) where the
source does NOT allow a trigger pulse to be sent to it but can generate one. It is possible to increase the
frame rate when in external trigger mode by enabling the Fast External Trigger option, see
SetFastExtTrigger.

When this option is enabled the system will not wait for a Keep Clean cycle to be completed before allowing
an external trigger to initiate an acquisition. This may cause the background to change from one scan to
another.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 61
 TRIGGERING
NOTES:

1. If you have a shutter connected, and are using an external trigger, you must ensure that the
shutter is open before the optical signal you want to measure occurs. When a camera is
operated in frame transfer mode the external trigger sequence is different. Please refer to
the camera user manual for a full description.

2. Some cameras may support the iCam technology. If they do, it will be fully operational in
external trigger mode. It is very similar to the Software trigger functionality except that
instead of a Software command instigating the acquisition, an external source does so. All
the benefits described in the Software Trigger section can also be applied to the external
trigger mode. It is set up in the same way with the same modes except that the trigger mode
is set to External.

Frame transfer is also fully functional in iCam External Trigger mode. When Frame Transfer is on it
means that the Arm signal from the camera will be enabled during the current readout at a point to
ensure the next exposure will end after the current readout is finished. This will give the fastest
frame rate and also ensure that the next exposure cannot end until the previous one has been
readout.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 62
 TRIGGERING
External Start
In External Start Trigger Mode, once an acquisition has been started via the StartAcquisition function, the
camera system is placed into an external keep clean mode, which ensures that the CCD is not saturated
before the external trigger occurs. Once the External Trigger is received, the Keep Clean sequence is
stopped and the acquisition is initiated. After the initial acquisition the system will then continue to operate
as in internal trigger mode. The figure below illustrates the timing sequence for this mode of operation.

External Start trigger in Fast Kinetics mode

SDK SECTION 5
Page 63
 TRIGGERING
External Exposure
The External Exposure trigger is a mode of operation where the exposure time is fully controlled by the
external trigger input. While the trigger input is high the CCD is accumulating charge in the Image area.
When the external trigger goes low, the accumulated charge is quickly shifted into the Storage area and
then read out in the normal manner. The figures below illustrate the timing sequences for this mode of
operation.

External Exposure Trigger in Frame Transfer mode (885 model only)

SDK SECTION 5
Page 64
 TRIGGERING

External Exposure Trigger in Non-Frame Transfer mode

Note that not all systems support External Exposure mode. To check if this feature is available with your
system, use the function GetCapabilities and check the ulTriggerModes variable for bit 5
(AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNALEXPOSURE) being set. If this bit is set, please use the function
GetCapabilities again and check the ulFeatures variable for bit 12
(AC_FEATURES_FTEXTERNALEXPOSURE) being set when Frame Transfer mode is used, and bit 13
(AC_FEATURES_KINETICEXTERNALEXPOSURE) being set when Kinetc and Frame Transfer modes are
used together.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 65
 TRIGGERING
External FVB EM
IExternal FVB EM Trigger Mode is much like operating an acquisition in FVB read mode with EM gain
applied using external trigger with Keep cleans turned off. The difference surrounds the readout of the
collected data and therefore the associated readout time:

When using EM gain a second (EM) register is used to apply the gain to the acquired data, The diagram
below gives a quick overview of the readout process used in both processes.

Imagine a ‘pixel’ at position A.

Normally for the readout cycle to complete, this pixel will have to shift along the shift register and then along
the entire length of the EM Register to C before the next acquisition can begin.

When using FVB EM Trigger Mode however, the EM Register Is used as a temporary storage area and so
the pixel at A no longer needs to travel all the way to C but can stop at position B as this leaves sufficient
space in the shift register for the next acquisition; the data is in effect ‘pipelined’.

Note that not all systems support External FVB EM Trigger mode. To check if this enhanced feature is
available with your system, use the function GetCapabilities and check the ulFeature variable for bit 10
(AC_FEATURES_KEEPCLEANCONTROL) being set.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 66
 TRIGGERING
Software
In Software Trigger Mode, once an acquisition has been started via the StartAcquisition function, the user
software determines when data is actually acquired via the SendSoftwareTrigger command. This will give
full control to the user software to ensure that it only requests an acquisition when it is ready. It permits the
highly efficient upload of new exposure times between acquisitions and even allows a pre-load of a ring of
exposures to the camera which will be cycled through with each acquisition. It also permits the user
software to perform certain actions before requesting the next acquisition, such as moving an external
stage or even to change the exposure time.

Note that not all systems support Software Trigger mode. To check if these enhanced features are
available with your system, use the function GetCapabilities and check the ulTriggerModes variable for bit 3
(AC_TRIGGERMODE_CONTINUOUS) being set. If this bit is set and the system is configured with the
following modes:

 Read mode set to image

 Acquisition mode set to Run till abort

 Trigger mode set to 10

Then the SendSoftwareTrigger command will cause the acquisition to be taken.

It is recommended that you call IsTriggerModeAvailable(10) to check if your system is set up to use the
SendSoftwareTrigger function.

If a SendSoftwareTrigger command is issued when the camera is not ready for it, it will be ignored and an
appropriate return code returned.

The extra functionality of pre-loading exposures (See GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes) to the

camera is configured with the SetRingExposureTimes command. When the first acquisition is requested
(SendSoftwareTrigger) the camera will take an acquisition with the first exposure in its list. When the
second acquisition is requested the next exposure in the list will be used and so on. When the camera uses
the final exposure in its list it will loop to the beginning again.

Notes on Frame Transfer

 On Frame Transfer systems, the Frame Transfer mode can be activated or deactivated. Currently,
not all cameras can take advantage of the frame transfer operation in Software Trigger mode. By
the nature of frame transfer, an exposure can be occurring when the previous acquisition is being
read out. Currently, no PCI connected cameras can be sent a software trigger when the
camera is reading out.

 USB cameras that support Software trigger can be sent a software trigger command during
readout.

 Frame transfer is fully supported in external trigger mode.

SDK SECTION 5
Page 67
 SHIFT SPEEDS
SECTION 6 - SHIFT SPEEDS
The Andor system allows you to set the speed at which charge is shifted horizontally and vertically on the
CCD.

The horizontal and vertical shift speeds are set via the SetHSSpeed and SetVSSpeed functions respectively.

The vertical shift speed is the speed at which each row on the CCD is shifted vertically into the Shift
Register. The number of vertical shift speeds and their actual values are determined via the
GetNumberVSSpeeds and GetVSSpeed functions.

The horizontal shift speed is the speed at which the charge in the shift register is shifted horizontally. It is also
the speed at which the signal is digitized via the on board A/D converters. The number of horizontal shift
speeds and their actual values are determined via the GetNumberHSSpeeds and GetHSSpeed functions.
The horizontal shift speed is dependant on the CCD type and the model of plug-in card in the system. The
shift speeds are always returned fastest first.

The following example retrieves the number of horizontal speeds allowed and their actual values in
microseconds. Finally, it selects the fastest speed as follows:

GetNumberHSSpeeds(0, 0, &a); //first A-D, request data speeds for (I = 0; I < a;I++)
GetHSSpeed(0, 0, I, &speed[I]);
SetHSSpeed(0, 0); /* Fastest speed */

SDK SECTION 6
Page 68
 SHUTTER CONTROL
SECTION 7 - SHUTTER CONTROL
SHUTTER MODES

In the sections on Acquisition modes and Readout modes the use of a shutter was highlighted to prevent the
smearing of data. Smearing occurs if light is allowed to fall on to the CCD while the pixel charges are being
binned into the shift register prior to readout. The Andor system has a dedicated shutter control line that
ensures that the shutter is correctly operated at all times.

The SetShutter and SetShutterEx functions provide you with a selection of options that determine when and
how a shutter should be used.

Fully Auto
Fully Auto is the simplest shutter mode because it leaves all shuttering decisions to the Andor system. The
shutter opens and closes automatically in accordance with any acquisition parameters you have set.
This option will automatically provide suitable shuttering for the majority of data acquisitions.

Permanently Open
If the shutter mode is set to Permanently Open the shutter will be open before, during and after any data
acquisition. Choose this option if you wish to take a series of acquisitions with the shutter opened at all times
(e.g. if you are taking a series of acquisitions with a pulsed source with little or no background illumination).

Permanently Closed
If the shutter mode is set to Permanently Close the shutter remains closed before, during and after any data
acquisition. Choose this option if you wish to take an acquisition in darkness (e.g. if you are acquiring a
background scan).

Open during any series

If the shutter mode is set to Open during any series the shutter remains closed before and after any data
acquisition, but will act as Permanently Open during the series acquisition. Choose this option if you wish to
keep your camera in darkness while not acquiring.

Open during FVB series

If the shutter mode is set to Open during FVB series the shutter remains closed before and after any data
acquisition, but will act as Permanently Open during any FVB series acquisition. The Shutter will act as if it
was set to Fully Auto when acquiring any other types of data. Choose this option if you wish to keep your
camera in darkness while not acquiring FVB.

SDK SECTION 7
Page 69
 SHUTTER CONTROL
SHUTTER TYPE

The shutter control line is a TTL compatible pulse, which can be either active high or active low to allow the
control of an external shutter.

NOTE: If the camera has an internal shutter (the function IsInternalMechanicalShutter can be used to
test this) but cannot control the internal and external shutter independently (check the capability
AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX) then the TTL pulse will always be active high.

 If you set the shutter type to TTL High with SetShutter or SetShutterEx, the Andor SDK will cause
the output voltage to go ‘high’ to open the shutter.

 If you set the shutter type to TTL Low with SetShutter or SetShutterEx, the Andor SDK will cause the
output voltage to go ‘low’ to open the shutter.

For Classic systems this pulse will be sent through the Andor PCI card. For other systems this pulse will
be sent through the shutter SMB connector on the camera.

The documentation supplied by the shutter manufacturer will advise the user whether your shutter opens at a
high or a low TTL level.

NOTE: With Full Vertical Binning there is no shutter pulse. The shutter will always be in the Open
position. See Shutter Mode on the previous page and Shutter Transfer Time on the next page.

The I/O Box also contains a 30V shutter jack socket, which produces the same signal as the TTL output but
is always high to open (see User Guide for further details). NOTE: Only applicable to classic systems.

For iXon+ cameras that have independent shutter control (capability AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX) we can
control the TTL type and mode of the internal (if available) and external shutter independently using function
SetShutterEx, The external shutter signal will be output through the Shutter SMB port on the rear of the
camera. The internal and external shutters will have the same opening and closing times.

SDK SECTION 7
Page 70
 SHUTTER CONTROL
SHUTTER TRANSFER TIME

Mechanical shutters take a finite time to open or close. This is sometimes called the Shutter Transfer Time
and can be of the order of tens to hundreds of milliseconds. The Transfer Time is important for many
reasons.

Firstly, if your shutter takes 40ms to open and you specify an exposure time of 20ms then the shutter will
simply not get the time to open fully. Similarly, if you are triggering a pulse light source via the Fire pulse then
you will want to ensure that the Fire pulse goes high only when the shutter is opened. Also, if you are
acquiring data in an imaging mode (Multi-Track, Random-Track, Single-Track or Image), with either a
continuous light source or a large high background illumination with a pulsed source, the shutter must be fully
closed before readout begins. Otherwise, a smeared image will result.

The SetShutter and SetShutterEx functions allow you to specify a Transfer Time for both opening and closing
the shutter.

The time you specify for the shutter opening time will affect the minimum exposure time you can set via the
SetExposureTime function. For example, if you set the opening time to 0ms then the minimum exposure time
will be set to the amount of time needed to clean the shift register on the CCD. However, if the opening time
is set to a larger value than is needed to clean the shift register, say 50ms, then the minimum exposure time
will be 51ms i.e. 1ms more than the time needed to open the shutter.

The SetExposureTime is in effect setting the length of time the shutter output will be in the ‘open’ state. The
rising edge of the Fire output signal follows the start of the shutter open state after a delay, equal to the value
you set for the opening time via the SetShutter functions.

Andor SDK also automatically adds the Transfer Time for the closing of the shutter to the end of the
acquisition sequence, introducing an appropriate delay between the start of the shutter ‘closed’ state and the
commencement of the data being read out. This value is set via the closing time parameter in the SetShutter
and SetShutterEx functions.

Figures 10 & 11 on the next page show the timing sequence for both Internal and External triggering modes.

SDK SECTION 7
Page 71
 SHUTTER CONTROL

Figure 9: Timing diagram for shutter and fire pulses in internal trigger mode

Figure 10: Timing diagram for shutter and fire pulses in external trigger mode
NOTES:

1. In the case of external triggering, the external trigger pulse, the shutter pulse and the fire
pulse are all coincident. If you are using a shutter and externally triggering the Andor
system then the external trigger must be pulsed early enough to ensure that the shutter is
fully opened before the light pulse arrives. Please consult the documentation supplied by
the shutter manufacturer to get an indication of the transfer time you can expect from your
particular shutter.

2. If you do not have a shutter connected, set the Closing Time and Opening Time parameters
to 0. Setting these parameters to any other value will insert extra delays into cycle time
calculations.

SDK SECTION 7
Page 72
 TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SECTION 8 - TEMPERATURE CONTROL
The Andor camera incorporates a CCD, which is fabricated using a process known as Multi-Pin Phasing
(MPP). As a result the dark current is reduced by a factor of approximately 100 compared to standard devices
at the same temperature. To reduce the dark current even further Andor SDK allows you to cool and monitor
the CCD temperature through a number of functions. The desired temperature is set via the SetTemperature
function whilst the actual cooling mechanism is switched On and Off via the CoolerON and CoolerOFF
functions.

The table below shows a typical example of temperatures attainable with the various systems available, with
and without the assistance of water-cooling. Please refer to the specification supplied with your particular
model for full details. The possible temperature range available to the SetTemperature function can be
obtained using the GetTemperatureRange function.

Moderate Cooling High Cooling Ultra-High Cooling

Air Water Air Water Air Water
-5C -25C -30C -55C -75C -90C

NOTES:

1. Because rapid cooling and heating can cause thermal stresses in the CCD the rate of cooling
and heating is regulated to be <10C per minute on some systems.

2. While the system is cooling, or heating, you can acquire data but the ‘Background Level’ WILL
change with temperature. The current temperature can be read using the GetTemperature
function. This function also returns the status of any cooling process including whether the
cooler is ON or OFF.

3. If the GetTemperature function returns the DRV_TEMP_STABILIZED status flag then the
temperature is within 3C of the set temperature and the microprocessor is no LONGER
regulating the cooling rate. At this point the temperature regulation is controlled via analog
electronics.

SDK SECTION 8
Page 73
 SPECIAL GUIDES
SECTION 9 - SPECIAL GUIDES
CONTROLLING MULTIPLE CAMERAS

Using the SDK It is possible to control multiple Andor cameras. The following SDK functions permit the
selection and use of one Andor camera at a time.

 GetAvailableCameras

 GetCameraHandle

 SetCurrentCamera

 GetCurrentCamera

 Initialize

*NOTE: If only one camera is available it is not necessary to use any of these functions since that
camera will be selected by default.

A maximum of eight cameras can be controlled by the SDK. This can be a combination of USB and PCI
cameras. The maximum number of PCI cameras will be limited by the number of available slots and the
ability of the PC to transfer the data.

While using more than one camera the other SDK functions are used in the normal way. When a function is
called it only affects the currently selected camera and is not sent to all cameras. This allows each camera to
be programmed individually but it also means that each camera has to be individually initialized and shut
down.

Another aspect of this control method is that cameras cannot be simultaneously triggered using the software -
if simultaneous triggering is required then external triggers should be used.

SDK SECTION 9
Page 74
 SPECIAL GUIDES
USING MULTIPLE CAMERA FUNCTIONS

The GetAvailableCameras function is used to return the number of Andor cameras available. A handle for
each camera is obtained using the GetCameraHandle function (this handle should be stored for the lifetime of
the application).

Any of the available cameras can then be selected by calling the SetCurrentCamera function and passing in
the camera handle. Once a camera has been selected any other SDK function can be called as normal but it
will only apply to the selected camera. Initialize must be called once for each camera that you wish to use. At
any stage the GetCurrentCamera function can be called and it will return the handle of the currently selected
camera.

NOTE:
1. It is not possible to unplug any cameras or plug in new ones during the lifetime of the
application.
2. It is not possible to trigger cameras simultaneously using software. To simultaneously trigger
more than one camera external triggers can be used or alternatively one camera can be
triggered by software and the fire pulse from this camera used to trigger the others.
3. Currently, if only one camera is installed there is no need to obtain the camera handle or select
it since this camera will be used by default.

SDK SECTION 9
Page 75
 SPECIAL GUIDES
This example pseudo code demonstrates how to use the functions relating to the operation of multiple
cameras:

Figure 11: Example of Multiple Camera Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 76
 SPECIAL GUIDES
DATA RETRIEVAL METHODS

How to determine when new data is available

There are a wide of range of functions available for retrieving data from the camera. Deciding which functions
should be used depends on whether the data will be retrieved during an acquisition or once the acquisition is
complete. See Retrieving Image Data

For certain cases it may be useful to know what stage an acquisition is at. The GetStatus function can be
used to get the current status of the acquisition. It will return information such as, the acquisition is in
progress or it is finished. See GetStatus for full list of return information.

Another way to know if an acquisition is finished is with the WaitForAcquisition function. When an acquisition
is started, the WaitForAcquisition function can be called, it does not return from this function until the
acquisition is finished. The function can be cancelled by calling the CancelWait function although this will
require the user application to be multi-threaded.

Figure 12: Example of WaitForAcquisition Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 77
 SPECIAL GUIDES
The SetDriverEvent function can be used in conjunction with event handles. If an event is created using the
WIN32 CreateEvent function and passed to the SDK using the SetDriverEvent function an event handle now
exists which the SDK can use to inform the application that something has occurred.

To ensure that the event has been set by a new image arriving and not something else (e.g. temperature
change) the GetTotalNumberImagesAcquired function can be used. This function will return the total number
of images acquired and transferred to the Andor SDK, and which are now available to be retrieved by the
user.(see section Retrieving Image Data). Comparing the new value to a previously stored one is an effective
way of checking that there are new images available.

Figure 13: Example of SetDriverEvent Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 78
 SPECIAL GUIDES
Retrieving Image Data
Depending on the image settings there may be more than one image available after each notification. It is
important to ensure that all of the new images are retrieved if they are required. The recommended functions
for retrieving image data are as follows:

 GetOldestImage

 GetMostRecentImage

 GetImages

 GetAcquiredData

GetOldestImage, GetMostRecentImage, and GetImages are used to retrieve data from an internal 48MB
circular buffer that is written to by all acquisition modes. They are particularly useful for retrieving data while
an acquisition is taking place especially during run till abort mode but can also be used when the acquisition
is complete. For all acquisition modes (except Run Till Abort) the GetAcquiredData function can be used to
retrieve all the acquired data once the acquisition is complete.

NOTE: All functions mentioned here refer to retrieving 32-bit data but there are also 16-bit versions of
these functions available.

GetOldestImage will retrieve the oldest available image from the circular buffer. Once the oldest image has
been retrieved it is no longer available and calling GetOldestImage again will retrieve the next image. This is
a useful function for retrieving a number of images. For example if there are 5 new images available, calling
GetOldestImage 5 times will retrieve them all. GetMostRecentImage will retrieve the most recent image from
the circular buffer. This provides a method for displaying the most recent image on screen while the
acquisition is in progress (should be used in conjunction with the GetNumberNewImages function).

The GetNumberNewImages function returns the start and end index of the images that are available in the
circular buffer. These indexes should be used along with the GetImages function to retrieve all of the
available data. This provides an effective way of retrieving a number of new images in one function call.

GetAcquiredData should be used once the acquisition is complete to retrieve all the data from the series.
This could be a single scan or an entire kinetic series.

SDK SECTION 9
Page 79
 SPECIAL GUIDES
DETERMINING CAMERA CAPABILITIES

Retrieving capabilities from the camera

It is important to be able to determine the capabilities of the camera. This allows the user to take the full
benefit of all the features available.
There are a number of functions available which can be used to obtain this information and these can be found
in the following areas of this section.
 Horizontal Pixel Shift Capabilities
 Vertical Pixel Shift Capabilities
 Other Capabilities

SDK SECTION 9
Page 80
 SPECIAL GUIDES
Horizontal Pixel Shift Capabilities

Depending on the camera type and model there will be variations in the number of A/D channels, the number
of Output Amplifiers, the number & range of Horizontal Shift Speeds and the number & range of Pre-Amp
Gains. The first step in this process is to determine the following:

 Number of A/D channels using the GetNumberADChannels function

 Number of output amplifiers using the GetNumberAmp function

 Maximum number of pre-amp gains using the GetNumberPreAmpGains function

NOTE: Not all PRE-AMP gains are available for each horizontal shift speed. The
IsPreAmpGainAvailable function is used to determine which are valid for a particular horizontal shift
speed and this will be explained later.

The bit depth of each A/D channel can be found using the GetBitDepth function.

Once this information has been obtained the next step is to find the number of available horizontal shift
speeds for each output amplifier on each A/D channel using the GetNumberHSSpeeds function. Following
this the value of each horizontal shift speed can be found using the GetHSSpeed function.

Each horizontal shift speed has an associated number of valid pre-amp gains. The next step is to obtain the
value of each pre-amp gain using the GetPreAmpGain function. Not all pre-amp gains are available for each
horizontal shift speed so using the IsPreAmpGainAvailable function it is possible to check which pre-amp
gains are valid. Once the information has been retrieved the relevant selections can be made using the
functions that follow:

 SetADChannel

 SetOutputAmplifier

 SetHSSpeed

 SetPreAmpGain

SDK SECTION 9
Page 81
 SPECIAL GUIDES
An example of the pseudo code for this capability is shown here:

Figure 14: Example of Horizontal Pixel Shift Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 82
 SPECIAL GUIDES
Vertical Pixel Shift Capabilities
Depending on the camera type and model there will be variations in the number of Vertical Shift Speeds
available.

The first step in this process is to determine the number of vertical shift speeds using the
GetNumberVSSpeeds function. Following this the value of each vertical shift speed can be found using the
GetVSSpeed function.

Since the camera may be capable of operating at more than one vertical shift speed the
GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed function will return the index and the value of the fastest recommended
speed available. The very high vertical shift speeds may require an increase in the amplitude of the vertical
clock voltage using the SetVSAmplitude function.

The GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed function returns the fastest speed which does not require the vertical
clock voltage to be adjusted. If the fastest recommended speed is selected the vertical clock voltage should
be set as normal.

NOTE: Exercise caution when increasing the amplitude of the Vertical Clock voltage, since higher
clocking voltages may result in increased Clock-Induced Charge in your signal. In general, only the
very highest speeds are likely to benefit from increased vertical clock voltage amplitude.

Once the information has been retrieved the relevant selections can be made using these functions:

 SetVSSpeed

 SetVSAmplitude

An example of the pseudo code for this capability is shown in figure 15:

Figure 15: Example of vertical pixel shift pseudo code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 83
 SPECIAL GUIDES
Other Capabilities
Other information about the camera can be obtained using the following functions:

 GetCapabilities

 IsInternalMechanicalShutter

The GetCapabilities function populates an AndorCapabilities structure with information associated with
the camera. Afterwards this structure can be used to determine details about the camera e.g. supported
acquisition modes, supported trigger types.

The IsInternalMechanicalShutter function is used to determine if the camera has an internal mechanical
shutter.

SDK SECTION 9
Page 84
 SPECIAL GUIDES
Output Amplifiers
Depending on the camera type and model there will be variations Output Amplifiers that can be applied to
your acquisition:

 EMCCD Gain

 Extended NIR

 High Capacity

By using the GetCapabilities function you can determine which amplifiers are available to your camera, the
ulSetFunctions field will return the revevent information.

EMCCD Gain

EMCCD is a quantitative digital camera technology that is capable of detecting single photon events whilst
maintaining high Quantum Efficiency, achievable by way of a unique electron multiplying structure built into
the sensor. If ulSetFunctions bit 5 returns 1 then EM Gain can be set by either the SetOutputAmplifier or
the SetHSSpeed functions. (figure 16).

Figure 16: Example of EMCCD Gain Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 85
 SPECIAL GUIDES

Extended NIR

When using Extended is increased. This in turn increases the response of the sensor to these wavelengths
with a QE increase from 40% Near Infra-Red Mode the increased thickness of the silicon on which the CCD
is formed and by manipulating the voltages applied to the silicon substrate, the depth of the region where
red and NIR light can convert to photoelectrons to 60% at 650 nm. If ulSetFunctions bit 7 returns 1 then
Extended NIR mode can be activated by using either the SetOutputAmplifier or the SetHSSpeed functions.
(figure 17).

Figure 17: Example of Extended NIR Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 86
 SPECIAL GUIDES

High Capacity

With High capacity enabled the responsivity of the sensor is reduced thus allowing the reading of larger
charge packets during binning operations. If ulSetFunctions bit 7 returns 1 then High Capacity mode can be
activated bu using the SetHighCapacity function.
(figure 19).

Figure 18: Example of High Capacity mode Pseudo Code

SDK SECTION 9
Page 87
 SPECIAL GUIDES

SDK SECTION 9
Page 88
 SPECIAL GUIDES
iCam

iCam technology is a combined firmware and software innovation that has been incorporated into Andor’s
EMCCD imaging cameras. iCam offers enhanced performance for acquisitions whether software triggered or
hardware (externally) triggered, with absolute minimal overheads. It allows for faster frame rates in software
by dedicated timing patterns that eliminate unnecessary overhead times. This, alongside the bi-directional
communication between camera and PC, facilitates unparalleled synchronization with other peripheral
equipment. A ring mode offers the capacity to use different timing patterns uploaded into the camera head,
thus trigger events can yield virtually instantaneous switching between exposure channels.

This new functionality has been added to the Run Till Abort acquisition mode and currently will only operate
with Image readout mode. Cameras must contain a suitable firmware and if a PCI card is being used it must
be a CCI-23 card and have a suitable firmware loaded. If you are unsure if your current Hardware is iCam
compatible please download the ‘iCam compatibility checker’ from andor.com.

It will operate in Software and External trigger mode, with both Frame Transfer and Non Frame Transfer
mode.

The idea behind this is that the SDK puts the camera into a ‘heightened state of readiness’ and when a
trigger comes (either software or hardware) the acquisition can be taken immediately.

If you hardware is compatible and needs to be upgraded please contact [email protected] for a
further application which will upgrade your system.

SDK SECTION 9
Page 89
 SPECIAL GUIDES
iCam technology is a combined firmware and software innovation that has been incorporated into Andor’s
EMCCD imaging cameras. iCam offers enhanced performance for acquisitions whether software triggered or
hardware (externally) triggered, with absolute minimal overheads. It allows for faster frame rates in software
by dedicated timing patterns that eliminate unnecessary overhead times. This, alongside the bi-directional
communication between camera and PC, facilitates unparalleled synchronization with other peripheral
equipment. A ring mode offers the capacity to use different timing patterns uploaded into the camera head,
thus trigger events can yield virtually instantaneous switching between exposure channels.

This new functionality has been added to the Run Till Abort acquisition mode and currently will only operate
with Image readout mode. Cameras must contain a suitable firmware and if a PCI card is being used it must
be a CCI-23 card and have a suitable firmware loaded. If you are unsure if your current Hardware is iCam
compatible please download the ‘iCam compatibility checker’ from andor.com.

It will operate in Software and External trigger mode, with both Frame Transfer and Non Frame Transfer
mode.

The idea behind this is that the SDK puts the camera into a ‘heightened state of readiness’ and when a
trigger comes (either software or hardware) the acquisition can be taken immediately.

If you hardware is compatible and needs to be upgraded please contact [email protected] for a
further application which will upgrade your system.

OptAcquire

SDK SECTION 9
Page 90
 SPECIAL GUIDES
This is a unique interface whereby a user can choose from a pre-determined list of camera set-up
configurations. The user need only choose how they would like their camera to be optimized, e.g. for
‘Sensitivity and Speed’, ‘Dynamic Range and Speed’, ‘Time Lapse’. Parameters such as EM gain
value, vertical shift speed, vertical clock amplitude, pre-amp sensitivity and horizontal readout speed
will then be optimized accordingly, ‘behind the scenes’. Furthermore, the option exists to create
additional user-defined configurations. Pre-defined OptAcquire modes include:

1. Sensitivity and Speed (EM Amplifier)

Optimized for capturing weak signal at fast frame rates, with single photon sensitivity. Suited to the
majority of EMCCD applications.
2. Dynamic Range and Speed (EM Amplifier)
Configured to deliver optimal dynamic range at fast frame rates. Moderate EM gain applied.
3. Fastest Frame Rate (EM Amplifier)
For when it’s all about speed! Optimized for absolute fastest frame rates of the camera. Especially
effective when combined with sub-array/binning selections.
4. Time Lapse (EM Amplifier)
Configured to capture low light images with time intervals between exposures. Overlap ('frame
transfer') readout is deactivated.
5. Time Lapse and Short Exposures (EM Amplifier)
Configured to minimize vertical smear when using exposure times less than 3ms.
6. EMCCD Highest Dynamic Range (EM Amplifier)
Combines EMCCD low light detection with the absolute highest dynamic range that the camera can
deliver. Since this requires slower readout, frame rate is sacrificed.
7. CCD Highest Dynamic Range (Conventional Amplifier)
Optimized for slow scan CCD detection with highest available dynamic range. Recommended for
brighter signals OR when it is possible to apply long exposures to overcome noise floor.
8. Photon Counting EM
Configuration recommended for photon counting with individual exposures < 10sec.
9. Photon Counting with Long Exposures (> 1sec)
Configuration recommended for photon counting with individual exposures > 1sec.

The following list details the valid acquisition parameters and input values for use with OptAcquire functions.

Parameter: output_amplifier
Type: String
Valid Values: “Conventional or “Electron Multiplying”.

Parameter: frame_transfer
Type: String
Valid Values: “ON” or “OFF”.

Parameter: readout_rate
Type: Float
Valid Values: A valid and supported value which can be retrieved by subsequent calls to
GetNumberHSSpeeds() and GetHSSpeed().

Parameter: shift_speed

SDK SECTION 9
Page 91
 SPECIAL GUIDES
Type: Float
Valid Values: A valid and supported value which can be retrieved by subsequent calls to
GetNumberVSSpeeds() and GetVSSpeed().

Parameter: electron_multiplying_gain
Type: Integer
Valid Values: A valid and supported value which can be retrieved from a call to GetEMGainRange().

Parameter: vertical_clock_amplitude
Type: Integer
Valid Values: A valid and supported integer value in the range 0 – 4.

Parameter: preamplifier_gain
Type: Integer
Valid Values: A valid and supported value which can be retrieved from subsequent calls to
GetNumberPreAmpGains() and GetPreAmpGain().

SDK SECTION 9
Page 92
 SPECIAL GUIDES
An example of the pseudo code for using OptAcquire is shown in figure 16 and figure 17:

Figure 16: Example of OptAcquire using Preset Modes

SDK SECTION 9
Page 93
 SPECIAL GUIDES

Figure 17: Example of OptAcquire Adding a New Mode

SDK SECTION 9
Page 94
 SPECIAL GUIDES
DATA AVERAGING FILTERS

Recursive Averaging Filter

The recursive filter produces a “running average”, each output frame consisting of an average of the
current frame and some previous frames, as per the following equation:

{𝑉𝑖𝑛(𝑛) − 𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛−1) }
𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛) = 𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛−1) +
𝐹
Where:

𝑉𝑖𝑛(𝑛) = Latest frame in the series

𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛−1) = Previous output framePrevious output frame
𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛) = Recursively averaged output frame
𝐹 = Averaging factor

It should be noted that recursive averaging can produce an imnproved signal to noise in the frame whilst
maintaining the native frame rate. However recursive filtering is not recommended for following highly
dynamic events, since smearing within the frame is likely.

Frame Averaging Filter

The frame averaging filter improves signal to noise by yielding an arithmetic mean output frame for every
‘F’ number of frames input, as per the following equation:

∑𝐹𝑛=1 𝑉𝑖𝑛(𝑛)
𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛) =
𝐹
Where:

𝑉𝑖𝑛(𝑛) = Latest frame in the series

𝑙𝑜𝑢𝑡(𝑛) = Frame averaged output frame
𝐹 = Number of frames included in average series

Frame averaging is suited to dynamic events that can be temporarily sampled by a ‘camera frame rate’/’F’
rate of frane output. However, if events occur faster than this it can result in frame semaring, in this
situation either reduce the value of ‘F’ or deactivate completely.

SDK SECTION 9
Page 95
 SPECIAL GUIDES

Note:
Filters are only valid when using video mode or kinetic series

SDK SECTION 9
Page 96
 SPECIAL GUIDES
SPURIOUS NOISE FILTERS

It can be desirable to optionally filter spurious background events to give as ‘black’ a background as
possible, eradicating any remaining ‘salt and pepper’ noise. It is important to utilize noise selection and filter
algorithms that are intelligent enough to accomplish this task without impacting the integrity of the signal
itself. This is realized through the Spurious Noise Filter (SNF) functionality, which offers the user a choice of
advanced algorithms to try. SNF can be applied either in real time or as a post-processing step. The options
available to the user for using Spurious Noise filter are:

 Median (available in Real Time & Post-Processing)

 Level Above (available in Real Time & Post-Processing)
 Interquartile Range (available in Real Time & Post-Processing)
 Noise Threshold (available in Post-Processing)

Median Filter

Each pixel is measured relative to the median value of its nearest neighbor pixels. A pixel is replaced with
the median value of a 3x3 array centered on the pixel concerned if the pixel value is greater than the median
by a given multiplation factor (defined by the user).
Level Above

The user defines the threshold based on the number of counts above the baseline. Spurious noise events
are defined as those pixels in the image which are above this threshold. A pixel is replaced with the median
value of a 3x3 array centered on the pixel concerned if the pixel is above the threshold AND six or more of
the nearest neighbours (contained within the 3x3 array) are below the threshold.
Interquartile Range

For each pixel, the Median and Interquartile values of a 3x3 square centred on the pixel concerned are
calculated. A pixel is replaced with the median value the 3x3 array centered on the pixel concerned if the
pixel is greater than the median plus the interquartile ranges times a given multiplication factor (defined by
the user) AND six or more of the nearest neighbours (contained within the 3x3 array) are below the
threshold.
Noise Threshold Filter

The Standard Deviation's of 10x10 pixel sub images from the whole image are first calculated. The mean of
the lowest 10% of these standard deviations defines the Image Noise. A pixel is replaced with the median
value of the 3x3 array centered on the pixel concerned if the pixel is greater than the median plus the Image
Noise times a given multiplication factor (defined by the user) AND
six or more of the nearest neighbours (contained within the 3x3 array) are below the threshold.

Note: The spurious noise filters should NEVER be used in conjunction with Photon counting moed and not
all cameras support real-time processing (this can be queried through GetCapabilities)

SDK SECTION 9
Page 97
 SPECIAL GUIDES

SDK SECTION 9
Page 98
 EXAMPLES
SECTION 10 - EXAMPLES
INTRODUCTION

We present here a number of examples of controlling Andor SDK to acquire data. Source code for each
example can be found on the disk. Each example is presented in three different languages, Visual Basic,
LabVIEW and C.

The examples were devised to demonstrate the wide versatility and range of the data acquisition
mechanisms available with Andor SDK. The examples are all based on variations of the flowchart
described on the following pages.

The flowchart is a basic demonstration of how to set up and control the Andor system to acquire data with
the appropriate Andor SDK commands located just to the right of the flowchart.

The flowchart is divided into three sections, the first deals with the initialization of the system and controlling
the sensor temperature. The second section deals with the data acquisition process while the third
illustrates the proper shutdown procedure.

NOTE: Do not have more than one example or other SDK software (e.g. Andor Solis™, iQ™)
running at the same time.

SDK SECTION 10
Page 99
 EXAMPLES
RUNNING THE EXAMPLES

C
The C examples are supplied as ready to run executable files (both 32-bit and 64-bit) and with complete
source code. The code has been tested with Microsoft VC++ 5.0 and Borland Developer Studio 2006.

You are free to modify the example source code in the “C” directory to be compatible with your own compiler.

In order to compile your own C or C++ programs you will need the following files:

 ATMCD32D.H C Header File

 ATMCD32D.LIB / ATMCD64D.LIB Import Library (Borland compatible)

 ATMCD32M.LIB / ATMCD64M.LIB Import Library (Microsoft compatible)

LabVIEW
The LabVIEW examples are contained in the sub-directory “LabVIEW” of the installation directory. The
LabVIEW examples are in the form of VI's and must be run through LabVIEW 7.0 or higher (32-bit).

Visual Basic
The Visual Basic examples are contained in the sub-directory VBasic of the installation directory. Each
example contains all the source code, forms and project files to re-build executable files.

Each of the Visual Basic examples comes with a ready to run executable file.
When building you own projects you must include the file ATMCD32D.BAS. This file contains the Andor SDK
function prototypes for interfacing with the dynamic link library ATMCD32D.DLL

NOTE: To run any of the examples you will need the following files:

 ATMCD32D.DLL / ATMCD64D.DLL (depending on system)

 DETECTOR.INI: Contains initialization information (not required on iDus, iXon or Newton systems)

SDK SECTION 10
Page 100
 EXAMPLES
FLOW CHART OF THE FUNCTION CALLS NEEDED TO CONTROL ANDOR CAMERA

1. The application initializes the camera then obtains information relating to the capabilities of the system.

NOTE: The Andor SDK takes several seconds to Auto-Calibrate the on-board A/D converter
whenever the Initialize function is called.

2. The CCD sensor’s operating temperature is set to some value within the allowed temperature range (e.g.
-2 C), and the cooler is switched on.

3 - 4. The current temperature is periodically monitored to check if the temperature has stabilized to the set
value. The temperature can take several minutes to stabilize and with the appropriate programming
techniques the user should be able to set up other tasks, as illustrated in the C examples.

Once the CCD sensor temperature has stabilized you can start acquiring data.

SDK SECTION 10
Page 101
 EXAMPLES

5. The acquisition parameters are programmed to match the specifications of the user, e.g. acquisition
mode (single scan etc.), readout mode (full vertical binning etc.) and the trigger mode (Internal etc.).

6. You are now ready to start an acquisition.

7 - 8. The current acquisition status is periodically monitored to check if the data acquisition is complete.

9. After a successful data acquisition the data is transferred from the Andor driver into the application.

10. At this point the user may choose to capture a new acquisition or not.

11. Yes: capture a new scan. The user may decide to alter the acquisition set-up (e.g. change the exposure
time) or simply use the current parameters.

SDK SECTION 10
Page 102
 EXAMPLES

12. When the user has completely finished acquiring data the shutdown procedure is started. The cooler is
switched off. It is important to control both the heating and cooling rates of the CCD sensor otherwise the
temperature gradients may damage the sensor. Thus it is highly recommended that the user uses the
correct exiting procedure rather than, for example, simply switching off the computer.

13 – 14. The current temperature is periodically monitored to check if the temperature has risen to a
sufficiently high value.

15. For Classic & ICCD systems wait until the temperature has risen above -20C. The user may now shut
down the Andor SDK system.

16. The program releases any memory still being used and exits the application.

SDK SECTION 10
Page 103
 EXAMPLES
Cooler
This example is different from all the previous examples in that its main goal is not to acquire data but to
demonstrate the proper use of the cooling capabilities of the Andor SDK System. It includes the taking of a
single FVB scan for completeness. This example is an expanded version of Example 1.
TM
DDG
The digital delay generator for iStar systems is demonstrated by this example. The user can control the gate
times, gain level and integrate on chip parameters. The acquisition is set to a kinetic series of full vertically
binned scans.

EMCCD
This example demonstrates acquisitions with an EMCCD detector, and in particular the Gain setting that can
be applied to these devices

Events
The events example shows the alternative method of handling acquisitions, using Windows events to signal
when the acquisition is complete instead of timer polling used in other examples. A kinetic series of full
vertically binned scans is taken and the events signalled by the Andor SDK are indicated in the status window
as they arrive

Frame Transfer
The frame transfer example is similar to the kinetics example, except that the accumulate cycle and kinetic
series times can not be set independently, as they rely solely on the exposure time setting

FVB
This example illustrates the simplest mode of operation of the Andor system. It initializes the system and then
acquires a single spectrum using the Full Vertical Binning readout mode. The user is given the ability to specify
the trigger mode and exposure time (as the examples progress the user is given more and more options to
set).

Image
This example is slightly more complicated than the first example with the addition of a shutter. In general a
shutter must be used whenever the readout mode is anything other than Full Vertical Binning. For this example
we will use the readout mode Image with the horizontal and vertical binning set to 1. The user is given the
ability to specify the exposure time, trigger mode and some of the shutter details.

Image Binning
This example shows how to acquire single images with possible binning. The sub image to be read can be
entered and the binning for each dimension can be set.

Kinetics/Accumulate
For this example we go back to the Full Vertical Binning readout mode as in example 1. However, we
introduce a new acquisition mode, Kinetic Series. Kinetic Series is the most complex acquisition mode with up
to 5 parameters to be set. The user is given the ability to specify the number of accumulations per scan,
accumulation cycle time, number of scans in Kinetic series, Kinetic cycle time and the exposure time.

SDK SECTION 10
Page 104
 EXAMPLES
Kinetic Image
This example is a combination of the imaging and kinetic examples.

Multi-Track
This example illustrates the use of the Multi-Track readout mode. The acquisition mode is constrained to
Single Scan and uses internal triggering. As this example uses imaging we again use a shutter. The user has
the ability to specify both the shutter and Multi-Track parameters

Random-Track
This example is similar to Multi-Track readout mode as described above. The user has the ability to
add/select their own track parameters, i.e. Start & Stop, number of tracks (Maximum of 20 tracks for iDus) and
they can also select the shutter parameters.

Spool
This example demonstrates the use of spooling to disk. Spooling can be enabled or disabled and the stem of
the created spool files can be entered. The acquisition mode is set to Kinetic Series

Continuous mode
This is a simple example to demonstrate the iCam functionality that some cameras may have.

SDK SECTION 10
Page 105
 FUNCTIONS
SECTION 11 - FUNCTIONS
This section provides details of the various Functions available.

AbortAcquisition
unsigned int WINAPI AbortAcquisition(void)

Description This function aborts the current acquisition if one is active.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition aborted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_IDLE The system is not currently acquiring.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also GetStatus StartAcquisition

CancelWait
unsigned int WINAPI CancelWait(void)

Description This function restarts a thread which is sleeping within the WaitForAcquisition function.
The sleeping thread will return from WaitForAcquisition with a value not equal to
DRV_SUCCESS.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Thread restarted successfully.

See also WaitForAcquisition

SDK SECTION 11
Page 106
 FUNCTIONS
CoolerOFF
unsigned int WINAPI CoolerOFF(void)

Description Switches OFF the cooling. The rate of temperature change is controlled in some models
until the temperature reaches 0º. Control is returned immediately to the calling
application.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Temperature controller switched OFF.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera does not support switching cooler off.

See also CoolerON, SetTemperature, GetTemperature, GetTemperatureF,

GetTemperatureRange, GetStatus

NOTE: Not available on Luca R cameras – always cooled to -20.

NOTE: (Classic & ICCD only)

1. When the temperature control is switched off the temperature of the sensor is gradually
raised to 0ºC to ensure no thermal stresses are set up in the sensor.

2. When closing down the program via ShutDown you must ensure that the temperature of the
detector is above -20ºC, otherwise calling ShutDown while the detector is still cooled will
cause the temperature to rise faster than certified.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 107
 FUNCTIONS
CoolerON
unsigned int WINAPI CoolerON(void)

Description Switches ON the cooling. On some systems the rate of temperature change is controlled
until the temperature is within 3º of the set value. Control is returned immediately to the
calling application.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Temperature controller switched ON.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also CoolerOFF, SetTemperature, GetTemperature, GetTemperatureF,

GetTemperatureRange, GetStatus

NOTE:

The temperature to which the detector will be cooled is set via SetTemperature. The temperature
stabilization is controlled via hardware, and the current temperature can be obtained via
GetTemperature. The temperature of the sensor is gradually brought to the desired temperature to
ensure no thermal stresses are set up in the sensor.

Can be called for certain systems during an acquisition. This can be tested for using
GetCapabilities.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 108
 FUNCTIONS
DemosaicImage
unsigned int WINAPI DemosaicImage(WORD* grey, WORD* red, WORD* green, WORD* blue,
ColorDemosaicInfo* info)

Description For colour sensors only

Demosaics an image taken with a CYMG CCD into RGB using the parameters stored in
info. Below is the ColorDemosaicInfo structure definition and a description of its
members:

typedef struct COLORDEMOSAICINFO {

int iX; // Number of X pixels. Must be >2.
int iY; // Number of Y pixels. Must be >2.
int iAlgorithm; // Algorithm to demosaic image.
int iXPhase; // First pixel in data (Cyan or Yellow/Magenta or Green).
int iYPhase; // First pixel in data (Cyan or Yellow/Magenta or Green).
int iBackground; // Background to remove from raw data when demosaicing.
} ColorDemosaicInfo;
 iX and iY are the image dimensions. The number of elements in the input red,
green and blue arrays is iX x iY.
 iAlgorithm sets the algorithm to use: 0 for a 2x2 matrix demosaic algorithm or 1
for a 3x3 one.
The CYMG CCD pattern can be broken into cells of 2x4 pixels, e.g.:

 iXPhase and iYPhase store what colour is the bottom-left pixel.

 iBackground sets the numerical value to be removed from every pixel in the
input image before demosaicing is done.
Parameters WORD* grey: pointer to image to demosaic
WORD* red: pointer to the red plane storage allocated by the user.
WORD* green: pointer to the green plane storage allocated by the user.
WORD* blue: pointer to the blue plane storage allocated by the user.
ColorDemosaicInfo* info: pointer to demosaic information structure.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Image demosaiced
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P5INVALID One or more parameters in info is out of range

See also GetMostRecentColorImage16, WhiteBalance

SDK SECTION 11
Page 109
 FUNCTIONS
EnableKeepCleans
unsigned int WINAPI EnableKeepCleans (int mode)
Description This function is only available on certain cameras operating in FVB external trigger
mode. It determines if the camera keep clean cycle will run between acquisitions.
When keep cleans are disabled in this way the exposure time is effectively the exposure
time between triggers.
The Keep Clean cycle is enabled by default.
The feature capability AC_FEATURES_KEEPCLEANCONTROL determines if this
function can be called for the camera.
Parameters int mode: mode
0 OFF
1 ON

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Keep clean cycle mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetCapabilities

NOTE: Currently only available on Newton and iKon cameras operating in FVB external
trigger mode.

EnableSensorCompensation
unsigned int WINAPI EnableSensorCompensation (int iMode)

Description This function enables/disables the on camera sensor compensation.

Parameters int iMode: mode.

0 OFF

1 ON

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Mode successfully selected.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported on this camera.

DRV_P1INVALID Requested mode isn’t valid.

See also GetCapabilities

NOTE Not all cameras support this feature. To check if your camera supports this feature
use the GetCapabilities function to check the ulFeature for
AC_FEATURES_SENSOR_COMPENSATION.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 110
 FUNCTIONS
FreeInternalMemory
unsigned int WINAPI FreeInternalMemory(void)

Description The FreeInternalMemory function will deallocate any memory used internally to store the
previously acquired data. Note that once this function has been called, data from last
acquisition cannot be retrived.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Memory freed.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also GetImages, PrepareAcquisition

Filter_GetAveragingFactor
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_GetAveragingFactor (int * averagingFactor)

Description Returns the current averaging factor value.

Parameters int * averagingFactor: The current averaging factor value.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Averaging factor returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid averagingFactor (i.e. NULL pointer).

See also Filter_SetAveragingFactor

Filter_GetAveragingFrameCount
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_GetAveragingFrameCount (int * frames)

Description Returns the current frame count value.

Parameters int * frames: The current frame count value.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Frame count returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid frame count (i.e. NULL pointer).

See also Filter_SetAveragingFrameCount

SDK SECTION 11
Page 111
 FUNCTIONS
Filter_GetDataAveragingMode
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_GetDataAveragingMode (int * mode)

Description Returns the current averaging mode.

Parameters int * mode: The current averaging mode.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Averaging mode returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid threshold (i.e. NULL pointer).

See also Filter_SetDataAveragingMode

Filter_GetMode
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_GetMode (unsigned int * mode)

Description Returns the current Noise Filter mode.

Parameters unsigned int * mode: Noise Filter mode.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Filter mode returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Noise Filter processing not available for this camera.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid mode (i.e. NULL pointer)

See also Filter_SetMode

Filter_GetThreshold
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_GetThreshold (float * threshold)

Description Returns the current Noise Filter threshold value.

Parameters float * threshold: The current threshold value.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Threshold returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Noise Filter processing not available for this camera.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid threshold (i.e. NULL pointer).

See also Filter_SetThreshold

SDK SECTION 11
Page 112
 FUNCTIONS
Filter_SetAveragingFactor
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_SetAveragingFactor (int averagingFactor)

Description Sets the averaging factor to be used with the recursive filter. For information on the
various data averaging filters available see DATA AVERAGING FILTERS in the Special
Guides section of the manual.

Parameters int averagingFactor: The averaging factor to use.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Averaging factor set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid averagingFactor.

See also Filter_GetAveragingFactor

Filter_SetAveragingFrameCount
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_SetAveragingFrameCount (int frames)

Description Sets the number of frames to be used when using the frame averaging filter. For
information on the various data averaging filters available see DATA AVERAGING
FILTERS in the Special Guides section of the manual.

Parameters int frames: Number of frames to be averaged.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Averaging frame count set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid frame count.

See also Filter_GetAveragingFrameCount

SDK SECTION 11
Page 113
 FUNCTIONS
Filter_SetDataAveragingMode
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_SetDataAveragingMode (int mode)

Description Sets the current data averaging mode. For information on the various data averaging
filters available see DATA AVERAGING FILTERS in the Special Guides section of the
manual.

Parameters int mode: The averaging factor mode to use.

Valid options are: 0 – No Averaging Filter

5 – Recursive Averaging Filter

6 – Frame Averaging Filter

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Averaging mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid mode.

See also Filter_GetDataAveragingMode

Filter_SetMode
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_SetMode (unsigned int mode)

Description Set the Noise Filter to use; For information on the various spurious noise filters available
see SPURIOUS NOISE FILTERS in the Special Guides section of the manual.

Parameters unsigned int mode: Filter mode to use.

Valid options are: 0 – No Filter

1 – Median Filter

2 – Level Above Filter

3 – Interquartile Range Filter

4 – Noise Threshold Filter

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Filter set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Noise Filter processing not available for this camera.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid mode.

See also Filter_GetMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 114
 FUNCTIONS
Filter_SetThreshold
unsigned int WINAPI Filter_SetThreshold (float threshold)

Description Sets the threshold value for the Noise Filter. For information on the various spurious noise
filters available see SPURIOUS NOISE FILTERS in the Special Guides section of the
manual.

Parameters float threshold: Threshold value used to process image.

Valid values are: 0 – 65535 for Level Above filter.

0 – 10 for all other filters.

unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Threshold set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Noise Filter processing not available for this camera.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid threshold.

See also Filter_GetThreshold

GetAcquiredData
unsigned int WINAPI GetAcquiredData(at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description This function will return the data from the last acquisition. The data are returned as long
integers (32-bit signed integers). The “array” must be large enough to hold the complete
data set.

Parameters at_32* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.

unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data copied.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA No acquisition has taken place

See also GetStatus, StartAcquisition, GetAcquiredData16

SDK SECTION 11
Page 115
 FUNCTIONS
GetAcquiredData16
unsigned int WINAPI GetAcquiredData16(WORD* arr, unsigned long size)

Description 16-bit version of the GetAcquiredData function. The “array” must be large enough to
hold the complete data set.
Parameters WORD* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data copied.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size isincorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA No acquisition has taken place

See also GetStatus, StartAcquisition, GetAcquiredData

GetAcquiredFloatData
unsigned int WINAPI GetAcquiredFloatData (float* arr, unsigned long size)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 116
 FUNCTIONS
GetAcquisitionProgress
unsigned int WINAPI GetAcquisitionProgress(long* acc, long* series)

Description This function will return information on the progress of the current acquisition. It can be
called at any time but is best used in conjunction with SetDriverEvent.

The values returned show the number of completed scans in the current acquisition.
If 0 is returned for both accum and series then either:-

 No acquisition is currently running

 The acquisition has just completed

 The very first scan of an acquisition has just started and not yet completed

GetStatus can be used to confirm if the first scan has just started, returning
DRV_ACQUIRING, otherwise it will return DRV_IDLE.

For example, if accum=2 and series=3 then the acquisition has completed 3 in the series
and 2 accumulations in the 4 scan of the series.

Parameters long* acc: returns the number of accumulations completed in the current kinetic scan.
long* series: return the number of kinetic scans completed

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number of accumulation and series scans completed.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

See also SetAcquisitionMode, SetNumberAccumulations, SetNumberKinetics, SetDriverEvent

SDK SECTION 11
Page 117
 FUNCTIONS
GetAcquisitionTimings
unsigned int WINAPI GetAcquisitionTimings(float* exposure, float* accumulate, float* kinetic)

Description This function will return the current “valid” acquisition timing information. This function
should be used after all the acquisitions settings have been set, e.g. SetExposureTime,
SetKineticCycleTime and SetReadMode etc. The values returned are the actual times
used in subsequent acquisitions.

This function is required as it is possible to set the exposure time to 20ms, accumulate
cycle time to 30ms and then set the readout mode to full image. As it can take 250ms to
read out an image it is not possible to have a cycle time of 30ms.

Parameters float* exposure: valid exposure time in seconds

float* accumulate: valid accumulate cycle time in seconds
float* kinetic: valid kinetic cycle time in seconds

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Timing information returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_INVALID_MODE Acquisition or readout mode is not available.

See also SetAccumulationCycleTime, SetAcquisitionMode, SetExposureTime, SetHSSpeed,

SetKineticCycleTime, SetMultiTrack, SetNumberAccumulations, SetNumberKinetics,
SetReadMode, SetSingleTrack, SetTriggerMode, SetVSSpeed

GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes
unsigned int WINAPI GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes (int inumTimes, float * fptimes)

Description This function will return the actual exposure times that the camera will use. There may be
differences between requested exposures and the actual exposures.

Parameters int inumTimes: Numbers of times requested.

float * fptimes: Pointer to an array large enough to hold _inumTimes floats.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Success.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid number of exposures requested

See also GetNumberRingExposureTimes, SetRingExposureTimes

SDK SECTION 11
Page 118
 FUNCTIONS
GetAIIDMAData
unsigned int WINAPI GetAllDMAData (at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetAmpDesc
unsigned int WINAPI GetAmpDesc (int index , char* name, int len)

Description This function will return a string with an amplifier description. The amplifier is selected
using the index. The SDK has a string associated with each of its amplifiers. The
maximum number of characters needed to store the amplifier descriptions is 21. The user
has to specify the number of characters they wish to have returned to them from this
function.

Parameters Int index: The amplifier index.

char* name: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the description.

int len: The length of the user allocated character array.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Description returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID The amplifier index is not valid.
DRV_P2INVALID The desc pointer is null.
DRV_P3INVALID The len parameter is invalid (less than 1)

See also GetNumberAmp

SDK SECTION 11
Page 119
 FUNCTIONS
GetAmpMaxSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetAmpMaxSpeed (int index , float* speed)

Description This function will return the maximum available horizontal shift speed for the amplifier
selected by the index parameter.

Parameters Int index:amplifier index

float* speed:horizontal shift speed
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID The amplifier index is not valid

See also GetNumberAmp

GetAvailableCameras
unsigned int WINAPI GetAvailableCameras(long* totalCameras)

Description This function returns the total number of Andor cameras currently installed. It is possible
to call this function before any of the cameras are initialized.

Parameters long* totalCameras: the number of cameras currently installed

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number of available cameras returned.

DRV_GENERAL_ERRORS An error occurred while obtaining the number of
available cameras.

See also SetCurrentCamera, GetCurrentCamera, GetCameraHandle

GetBackground
unsigned int WINAPI GetBackground (at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 120
 FUNCTIONS
GetBaselineClamp
unsigned int WINAPI GetBaselineClamp(int* state)

Description This function returns the status of the baseline clamp functionality. With this feature
enabled the baseline level of each scan in a kinetic series will be more consistent across
the sequence.

Parameters int * state: Baseline clamp functionality Enabled/Disabled

1 – Baseline Clamp Enabled

0 – Baseline Clamp Disabled

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Baseline Clamp not supported on this camera
DRV_P1INVALID State parameter was not zero or one.

See also SetBaselineClamp, SetBaselineOffset

GetBitDepth
unsigned int WINAPI GetBitDepth(int channel, int* depth)

Description This function will retrieve the size in bits of the dynamic range for any available AD
channel.

Parameters int channel: the AD channel.

int* depth: dynamic range in bits

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Depth returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid channel

See also GetNumberADChannels, SetADChannel

SDK SECTION 11
Page 121
 FUNCTIONS
GetBitsPerPixel
unsigned int WINAPI GetBitsPerPixel (int readoutIndex, int index, int* value)

Description This function will get the size in bits of the dynamic range for the current shift speed.

Parameters int readoutIndex: the readout index.

int index: the index to bit depth.
int* value: the dynamic range in bits

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Depth returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Variable bit depth not available for this camera.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid readout index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid bit depth index.

See also SetHSSpeed, SetADChannel, GetCapabilities, SetBitsPerPixel

NOTE Only available on iKon-XL range.

GetCameraEventStatus
unsigned int WINAPI GetCameraEventStatus (DWORD * camStatus)

Description This function will return if the system is exposing or not.

Parameters DWORD * camStatus: The status of the firepulse will be returned that the firepulse is low
0 Fire pulse low

1 Fire pulse high

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Status returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

See also SetAcqStatusEvent, SetPCIMode

NOTE This is only supported by the CCI23 card.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 122
 FUNCTIONS
GetCameraHandle
unsigned int WINAPI GetCameraHandle(long cameraIndex, long* cameraHandle)

Description This function returns the handle for the camera specified by cameraIndex. When multiple
Andor cameras are installed the handle of each camera must be retrieved in order to
select a camera using the SetCurrentCamera function.

The number of cameras can be obtained using the GetAvailableCameras function.

Parameters long cameraIndex: index of any of the installed cameras.

Valid values 0 to NumberCameras-1 where NumberCameras is the value
returned by the GetAvailableCameras function.
long* cameraHandle: handle of the camera.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Camera handle returned.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid camera index.

See also SetCurrentCamera, GetAvailableCameras, GetCurrentCamera

SDK SECTION 11
Page 123
 FUNCTIONS
GetCameraInformation
unsigned int WINAPI GetCameraInformation (int index, long * information)

Description This function will return information on a particular camera denoted by the index.
Parameters Int index: (reserved)

Long* information: current state of camera

Bit:1 1 - USB camera present

Bit:2 1 - All dlls loaded properly

Bit:3 1 - Camera Initialized correctly

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Driver status return
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED Driver not installed
DRV_USBERROR USB device error

See also GetCameraHandle, GetHeadModel, GetCameraSerialNumber, GetCapabilities

NOTE Only available in iDus. The index parameter is not used at present so should be
set to 0. For any camera except the iDus The value of information following a call
to this function will be zero.

GetCameraSerialNumber
unsigned int WINAPI GetCameraSerialNumber (int* number)

Description This function will retrieve camera’s serial number.

Parameters int *number: Serial Number.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Serial Number returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

See also GetCameraHandle, GetHeadModel, GetCameraInformation, GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 124
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities
unsigned int WINAPI GetCapabilities(AndorCapabilities* caps)

Description This function will fill in an AndorCapabilities structure with the capabilities associated with
the connected camera. Before passing the address of an AndorCapabilites structure to the
function the ulSize member of the structure should be set to the size of the structure. In
C++ this can be done with the line:

caps->ulSize = sizeof(AndorCapabilities);

Individual capabilities are determined by examining certain bits and combinations of bits in
the member variables of the AndorCapabilites structure. The next few pages contain a
summary of the capabilities currently returned.

Parameters Andor capabilities* caps: the

capabilities structure to be filled in.

Return unsigned int

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_SUCCESS Capabilities returned.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid caps parameter (i.e. NULL).

See also GetCameraHandle, GetCameraSerialNumber, GetHeadModel, GetCameraInformation

SDK SECTION 11
Page 125
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Acquisition Modes)

Acquisition Modes - AndorCapabilities Member: ulAcqModes

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_SINGLE
Description: Single Scan Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_VIDEO
Description: Video (Run Till Abort) Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_ACCUMULATE
Description: Accumulation Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_KINETIC
Description: Kinetic Series Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_FRAMETRANSFER
Description: Frame Transfer Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_FASTKINETICS
Description: Fast Kinetics Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 5
State: 1

Capability: AC_ACQMODE_OVERLAP
Description: Overlap Acquisition Mode available using SetAcquisitionMode.
Bit: 6
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 126
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Read Modes)

Read Modes - AndorCapabilities Member: ulReadModes

Capability: AC_READMODE_FULLIMAGE
Description: Full Image Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_SUBIMAGE
Description: Sub Image Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_SINGLETRACK
Description: Single track Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_FVB
Description: Full Vertical Binning Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_MULTITRACK
Description: Multi Track Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_RANDOMTRACK
Description: Random-Track Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 5
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 127
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Read Modes compatible with Frame Transfer mode)

Read Modes - AndorCapabilities Member: ulFTReadModes

Capability: AC_READMODE_FULLIMAGE
Description: Full Image Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_SUBIMAGE
Description: Sub Image Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_SINGLETRACK
Description: Single track Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_FVB
Description: Full Vertical Binning Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_MULTITRACK
Description: Multi Track Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_READMODE_RANDOMTRACK
Description: Random-Track Read Mode available using SetReadMode.
Bit: 5
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 128
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Trigger Modes)

Trigger Modes - AndorCapabilities Member: ulTriggerModes

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_INTERNAL
Description: Internal Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNAL
Description: External Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNAL_FVB_EM
Description: External FVB EM Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_CONTINUOUS
Description: Continuous Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNALSTART
Description: External Start Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_BULB
Description: Bulb Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 5
State: 1
Note: This capability is deprecated by AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNALEXPOSURE.

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNALEXPOSURE
Description: External Exposure Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerMode.
Bit: 5
State: 1

Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_INVERTED
Description: Inverted Trigger Mode available using SetTriggerInvert.
Bit: 6
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 129
 FUNCTIONS
Capability: AC_TRIGGERMODE_EXTERNAL_CHARGESHIFTING
Description: External Charge Shifting Trigger Mode available using SetChargeShifting.
Bit: 7
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 130
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Camera Type)

Camera Type - AndorCapabilities Member: ulCameraType

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_PDA
Description: Camera is an Andor PDA.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 0

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IXON
Description: Camera is an Andor iXon.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 1

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_ICCD
Description: Camera is an Andor ICCD.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 2

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_EMCCD
Description: Camera is an Andor EMCCD.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 3

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_CCD
Description: Camera is an Andor CCD.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 4

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_ISTAR
Description: Camera is an Andor iStar.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 5

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_VIDEO
Description: Camera is a third party camera.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 6

SDK SECTION 11
Page 131
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Camera Type) - continued

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IDUS
Description: Camera is an Andor iDus.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 7

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_NEWTON
Description: Camera is an Andor Newton.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 8

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_SURCAM
Description: Camera is an Andor Surcam.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 9

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_USBICCD
Description: Camera is an Andor USB ICCD.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 10

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_LUCA
Description: Camera is an Andor Luca.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 11

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_RESERVED
Description: Reserved.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 12

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IKON
Description: Camera is an Andor iKon.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 13

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_INGAAS
Description: Camera is an Andor InGaAs.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 14

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IVAC
Description: Camera is an Andor iVac.
Bits: 0-31

SDK SECTION 11
Page 132
 FUNCTIONS
Value: 15

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_CLARA
Description: Camera is an Andor Clara.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 17

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_USBISTAR
Description: Camera is an Andor USB iStar.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 18

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IXONULTRA
Description: Camera is an Andor iXon Ultra.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 21

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IVAC_CCD
Description: Camera is an Andor iVac CCD.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 23

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IKONXL
Description: Camera is an Andor iKon XL.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 28

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_ISTAR_SCMOS
Description: Camera is an Andor iStar sCMOS.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 30

Capability: AC_CAMERATYPE_IKONLR
Description: Camera is an Andor iKon LR.
Bits: 0-31
Value: 31

All other values reserved.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 133
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Pixel Mode)

Pixel Mode - AndorCapabilities Member: ulPixelModes

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_8BIT
Description: Camera can acquire in 8-bit mode.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_14BIT
Description: Camera can acquire in 14-bit mode.
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_16BIT
Description: Camera can acquire in 16-bit mode.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_32BIT
Description: Camera can acquire in 32-bit mode.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_MONO
Description: Camera acquires data in grey scale.
Bits: 16-31
Value: 0

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_RGB
Description: Camera acquires data in RGB mode.
Bits: 16-31
Value: 1

Capability: AC_PIXELMODE_CMY
Description: Camera acquires data in CMY mode.
Bits: 16-31
Value: 2

SDK SECTION 11
Page 134
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Available Set Functions)

Available Set Functions - AndorCapabilities Member: ulSetFunctions

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_VREADOUT
Description: The vertical readout speed can be set with the SetVSSpeed function.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_HREADOUT
Description: The horizontal readout speed can be set with the SetHSSpeed function.
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_TEMPERATURE
Description: The target temperature can be set using the SetTemperature function.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_MCPGAIN (AC_SETFUNCTION_GAIN Deprecated)

Description: Gain through the SetMCPGain function is available.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_EMCCDGAIN
Description: Gain through the SetEMCCDGain function is available.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_BASELINECLAMP
Description: Baseline clamp can be turned on or off with the SetBaselineClamp function.
Bit: 5
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_VSAMPLITUDE
Description: The vertical clock voltage can be set with the SetVSAmplitude function.
Bit: 6
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_HIGHCAPACITY
Description: High capacity mode can be turned on or off with the SetHighCapacity function.
Bit: 7
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 135
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Available Set Functions) - Continued

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_BASELINEOFFSET
Description: The baseline offset can be set with the SetBaselineOffset function.
Bit: 8
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_PREAMPGAIN
Description: The pre amp gain can be set with the SetPreAmpGain function.
Bit: 9
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_CROPMODE
Description: Crop mode can be selected using the SetCropMode or SetIsolatedCropMode functions.
Bit: 10
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_DMAPARAMETERS
Description: The DMA parameters can be set with the SetDMAParameters function.
Bit: 11
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_HORIZONTALBIN
Description: The horizontal binning can be set for the relative read mode.
Bit: 12
State: 1 See Note.

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_MULTITRACKHRANGE
Description: The multitrack horizontal range can be set using the SetMultiTrackHRange function.
Bit: 13
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_RANDOMTRACKNOGAPS
Description: Random tracks can be set with no gaps inbetween with the SetRandomTracks or
SetComplexImage functions.
Bit: 14
State: 1
NOTE: For iDus, the horizontalbin capability will be 0, as it is not recommended, but it is possible.

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_EMADVANCED
Description: Extended EM gain range can be accessed using SetEMAdvanced.
Bit: 15
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 136
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Available Set Functions) - Continued

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_GATEMODE
Description: The gate mode can be set with the SetGateMode function.
Bit: 16
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_DDGTIMES
Description: The USB iStar DDG gate times can be set with the SetDDGGateTime function.
Bit: 17
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_IOC
Description: Integrate on chip can be set with the SetDDGIOC function.
Bit: 18
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_INTELLIGATE
Description: Intelligate can be selected using the SetDDGIntelligate function.
Bit: 19
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_INSERTION_DELAY
Description: Insertion delay can be set with the SetDDGInsertionDelay function.
Bit: 20
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_GATESTEP
Description: Gate step can be configured using the SetDDGGateStep function.
Bit: 21
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_GATEDELAYSTEP
Description: Gate step can be configured using the SetDDGGateStep function.
Bit: 21
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_TRIGGERTERMINATION
Description: The trigger termination can be set using the SetExternalTriggerTermination function.
Bit: 22
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_EXTENDEDNIR
Description: Extended NIR mode can be set using the SetHSSpeed function.
Bit: 23

SDK SECTION 11
Page 137
 FUNCTIONS
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_SPOOLTHREADCOUNT
Description: The number of parallel threads can be set using the SetSpoolThreadCount function.
Bit: 24
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_REGISTERPACK
Description: Sub-image packing can be set using the SetReadoutRegisterPacking function.
Bit: 25
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_PRESCANS
Description: The number of prescans can be set using the SetNumberPrescans function.
Bit: 26
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_GATEWIDTHSTEP
Description: The gate width step can be set using the SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients function.
Bit: 27
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_EXTENDED_CROP_MODE
Description: Extended crop mode can be set using the SetIsolatedCropModeEx function.
Bit: 28
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_SUPERKINETICS
Description: This mode can be configured using the SetFastKineticsStorageMode function.
Bit: 29
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_TIMESCAN
Description: This mode can be configured using the SetFastKineticsTimeScanMode function.
Bit: 30
State: 1

Capability: AC_SETFUNCTION_CROPMODETYPE
Description: This mode can be configured using the SetIsolatedCropModeType function.
Bit: 31
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 138
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Available Get Functions)

Available Get Functions - AndorCapabilities Member: ulGetFunctions

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_TEMPERATURE
Description: The current temperature can be determined using the GetTemperature function.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_TEMPERATURERANGE
Description: The range of possible temperatures can be determined using the GetTemperatureRange
function.

Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_DETECTORSIZE
Description: The dimensions of the detector can be determined using the GetDetector function.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_MCPGAIN (AC_GETFUNCTION_GAIN deprecated)

Description: Reserved capability.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_EMCCDGAIN
Description: The gain can be determined using the GetEMCCDGain function.
Bit: 5
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_GATEMODE
Description: The gate mode can be determined using the GetGateMode function.
Bit: 7
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_DDGTIMES
Description: The gate times can be determined using the GetDDGGateTime function.
Bit: 8
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_IOC
Description: Integrate on chip state can be determined using the GetDDGIOC function.
Bit: 9
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 139
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (Available Get Functions) - Continued

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_INTELLIGATE
Description: Intelligate state can be determined using the GetDDGIntelligate function.
Bit: 10
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_INSERTION_DELAY
Description: The insertion delay can be determined using the GetDDGInsertionDelay function.
Bit: 11
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_PHOSPHORSTATUS
Description: The phosphor status can be determined using the GetPhosphorStatus function.
Bit: 13
State: 1

Capability: AC_GETFUNCTION_BASELINECLAMP
Description: The gain can be determined using the GetBaselineClamp function.
Bit: 15
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 140
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (SDK Features Available)

SDK Features Available - AndorCapabilities Member: ulFeatures

Capability: AC_FEATURES_POLLING
Description: The status of the current acquisition can be determined through the GetStatus function call.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_EVENTS
Description: A Windows Event can be passed to the SDK to alert the user at certain stages of the
Acquisition. See SetDriverEvent

Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_SPOOLING
Description: Acquisition Data can be made to spool to disk using the SetSpool function.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_SHUTTER
Description: Shutter settings can be adjusted through the SetShutter function.
Bit: 3
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX
Description: Shutter settings can be adjusted through the SetShutterEx function.
Bit: 4
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_EXTERNAL_I2C
Description: The camera has its own dedicated external I2C bus.
Bit: 5
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_SATURATIONEVENT
Description: Sensor saturation can be determined through the SetSaturationEvent function.
Bit: 6
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 141
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (SDK Features Available) - Continued

Capability: AC_FEATURES_FANCONTROL
Description: Fan settings can be adjusted through the SetFanMode function.
Bit: 7
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_MIDFANCONTROL
Description: It is possible to select a low fan setting through the SetFanMode function.
Bit: 8
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_TEMPERATUREDURINGACQUISITION
Description: It is possible to read the camera temperature during an acquisition with the GetTemperature
function.

Bit: 9
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_KEEPCLEANCONTROL
Description: It is possible to turn off keep cleans between scans.

Bit: 10
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_DDGLITE
Description: Reserved for internal use.

Bit: 11
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_FTEXTERNALEXPOSURE
Description: The combination of Frame Transfer and External Exposure modes is available.

Bit: 12
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_KINETICEXTERNALEXPOSURE
Description: External Exposure trigger mode is available in Kinetic acquisition mode.

Bit: 13
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_DACCONTROL
Description: Reserved for internal use.

Bit: 14
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 142
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (SDK Features Available) - Continued

Capability: AC_FEATURES_METADATA
Description: System supports metadata. SetMetaData

Bit: 15
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_IOCONTROL
Description: Configurable IO’s available. See SetIOLevel.

Bit: 16
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_PHOTONCOUNTING
Description: System supports photon counting. See SetPhotonCounting .

Bit: 17
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_COUNTCONVERT
Description: System supports Count Convert. See SetCountConvertMode.

Bit: 18
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_DUALMODE
Description: Dual exposure mode. See SetDualExposureMode.

Bit: 19
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_OPTACQUIRE
Description: OptAcquire features are available. See OA_Initialize.

Bit: 20
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_REALTIMESPURIOUSNOISEFILTER
Description: Real time noise filtering is available. See Filter_SetMode.

Bit: 21
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_POSTPROCESSSPURIOUSNOISEFILTER
Description: Post process noise filtering is available. See PostProcessNoiseFilter.

Bit: 22
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 143
 FUNCTIONS

GetCapabilities (SDK Features Available) - Continued

Capability: AC_FEATURES_DUALPREAMPGAIN
Description: Reserved for internal use.

Bit: 23
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_DEFECT_CORRECTION
Description: Reserved for internal use.

Bit: 24
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_STARTOFEXPOSURE_EVENT
Description: Camera supports start of exposure events. See SetDriverEvent.

Bit: 25
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_ENDOFEXPOSURE_EVENT
Description: Camera supports start of exposure events. See SetDriverEvent.

Bit: 26
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_CAMERALINK
Description: Cameralink output can be enabled\disabled. See SetCameraLinkMode.

Bit: 27
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_FIFOFULL_EVENT
Description: Camera supports FIFO full events. See SetDriverEvent.

Bit: 28
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_SENSOR_PORT_CONFIGURATION
Description: Camera supports multiple sensor port outputs. See SetSensorPortMode.

Bit: 29
State: 1

Capability: AC_FEATURES_SENSOR_COMPENSATION
Description: Camera supports on-camera sensor compensation. See EnableSensorCompensation.

Bit: 30
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 144
 FUNCTIONS

GetCapabilities (SDK Features Available) - Continued

Capability: AC_FEATURES_IRIG_SUPPORT
Description: Camera supports external IRIG device. See SetIRIGModulation.

Bit: 31
State: 1

SDK Features Available - AndorCapabilities Member: ulFeatures2

Capability: AC_FEATURES2_ESD_EVENTS
Description: Camera supports detection of ESD events. See SetESDEvent.
Bit: 0
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 145
 FUNCTIONS
GetCapabilities (PCI Card Capabilities)

PCI Card Capabilities - AndorCapabilities Member: ulPCICard

Description: Maximum speed in Hz PCI controller card is capable of.

GetCapabilities (Gain Features Available)

Gain Features Available - AndorCapabilities Member: ulEMGainCapability

Capability: AC_EMGAIN_8BIT
Description:.8-bit DAC settable.
Bit: 0
State: 1

Capability: AC_EMGAIN_12BIT
Description:.12-bit DAC settable
Bit: 1
State: 1

Capability: AC_EMGAIN_LINEAR12
Description:.Gain setting represent a linear gain scale. 12-bit DAC used internally.
Bit: 2
State: 1

Capability: AC_EMGAIN_REAL12
Description:.Gain setting represents the real EM Gain value. 12-bit DAC used internally.
Bit: 3
State: 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 146
 FUNCTIONS
GetControllerCardModel
unsigned int WINAPI GetControllerCardModel (char* controllerCardModel)

Description This function will retrieve the type of PCI controller card included in your system. This
function is not applicable for USB systems. The maximum number of characters that can be
returned from this function is 10.

Parameters char* controllerCardModel: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the controller
card model.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Name returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

See also GetHeadModel, GetCameraSerialNumber, GetCameraInformation, GetCapabilities

GetCountConvertWavelengthRange
unsigned int WINAPI GetCountConvertWavelengthRange(float* min_wave, float* max_wave)

Description This function returns the valid wavelength range available in Count Convert mode.

Parameters float* min_wave: minimum wavelength permited.

float* max_wave: maximum wavelength permited.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Count Convert wavelength set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Count Convert not supported on this camera

See also GetCapabilities, SetCountConvertMode, SetCountConvertWavelength

GetCurrentCamera
unsigned int WINAPI GetCurrentCamera(long* cameraHandle)

Description When multiple Andor cameras are installed this function returns the handle of the
currently selected one.

Parameters long* cameraHandle: handle of the currently selected camera

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Camera handle returned.

See also SetCurrentCamera, GetAvailableCameras, GetCameraHandle

SDK SECTION 11
Page 147
 FUNCTIONS
GetCurrentPreAmpGain
unsigned int WINAPI GetCurrentPreAmpGain(int* index , char* name, int len)
Description This function will return the currently active pre amp gain index and a string with its
description. The maximum number of characters needed to store the pre amp gain
description is 30. The user has to specify the number of characters they wish to have
returned to them from this function.

Parameters int* index: current pre amp gain index

char* name: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the description.
int len: The length of the user allocated character array.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Description returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Function not supported with this camera

See also IsPreAmpGainAvailable, GetNumberPreAmpGains, SetPreAmpGain, GetCapabilities

GetCYMGShift
unsigned int WINAPI GetCYMGShift(int * iXshift, int * iYShift)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 148
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled(at_u32 Index, at_u32 * Enabled)

Description This function gets the current state of a selected external output.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u32 * Enabled: current state of external output (0 – Off,1 – On).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Enabled has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGExternalOutputEnabled

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

GetDDGExternalOutputPolarity
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGExternalOutputPolarity(at_u32 Index, at_u32 * Polarity)

Description This function gets the current polarity of a selected external output.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u32 * Polarity: current polarity of external output (0 – Positive,1 – Negative).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Polarity returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Polarity has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled SetDDGExternalOutputPolarity

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 149
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled(at_u32 Index, at_u32 * Enabled)

Description Each external output has the option to track the gate step applied to the gater. This
function can be used to determine if this option is currently active.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u32 * Enabled: current state of external output track step (0 – Off,1 – On).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Enabled has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled SetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

GetDDGExternalOutputTime
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGExternalOutputTime(at_u32 Index, at_u64 * Delay, at_u64 * Width)

Description This function can be used to find the actual timings for a particular external output.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u64 * Delay: actual external output delay time in picoseconds.
at_u64 * Width: actual external output width time in picoseconds.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Timings returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Delay has invalid memory address.
DRV_P3INVALID Width has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled SetDDGExternalOutputTime

NOTE: Available in USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 150
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGStepCoefficients
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGStepCoefficients(at_u32 mode, double * p1, double * p2)

Description This function will return the coefficients for a particular gate step mode.

Parameters at_u32 mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant.

1 exponential.
2 logarithmic.
3 linear.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step coefficients returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Gate step not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Gate step mode invalid.
DRV_P2_INVALID p1 has invalid memory address.
DRV_P3_INVALID p2 has invalid memory address.

See also StartAcquisition SetDDGStepMode SetDDGStepCoefficients SetDDGStepCoefficients

SDK SECTION 11
Page 151
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGStepMode
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGStepMode(at_u32 * mode)

Description This function will return the current gate step mode.

Parameters at_u32 * mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant.

1 exponential.
2 logarithmic.
3 linear.
100 off.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Gate step not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID mode has invalid memory address.

See also StartAcquisition SetDDGStepMode SetDDGStepCoefficients GetDDGStepCoefficients

GetDDGGateTime
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGGateTime(at_u64 * Delay, at_u64 * Width)

Description This function can be used to get the actual gate timings for a USB iStar.

Parameters at_u64 * Delay: gate delay time in picoseconds.

at_u64 * Width: gate width time in picoseconds.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Timings returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED USB iStar not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Delay has invalid memory address.
DRV_P2INVALID Width has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGGateTime

SDK SECTION 11
Page 152
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGInsertionDelay
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGInsertionDelay(int * state)

Description This function gets the current state of the insertion delay.
Parameters int * state: current state of the insertion delay option (0 – Normal, 1 – Ultra Fast).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Insertion delay state returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Insertion delay not supported.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIntelligate SetDDGInsertionDelay

GetDDGIntelligate
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIntelligate(int * state)

Description This function gets the current state of Intelligate.

Parameters int * state: current state of the Intelligate option (0 – Off, 1 – On).
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Intelligate state returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Intelligate not supported.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIntelligate SetDDGInsertionDelay

GetDDGIOC
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOC(int * state)

Description This function gets the current state of the integrate on chip (IOC) option.
Parameters int * state: current state of the IOC option (0 – Off, 1 – On).
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IOC state returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID state has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOC

SDK SECTION 11
Page 153
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGIOCFrequency
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOCFrequency(double*frequency)

Description This function can be used to return the actual IOC frequency that will be triggered. It should
only be called once all the conditions of the experiment have been defined.

Parameters double*frequency: the frequency of integrate on chip pulses triggered within the fire pulse.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOCFrequency SetDDGIOCNumber GetDDGIOCNumber

GetDDGIOCPulses SetDDGIOC

GetDDGIOCNumber
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOCNumber(unsigned long* numberPulses)

Description This function can be used to return the actual number of pulses that will be triggered. It
should only be called once all the conditions of the experiment have been defined.

Parameters unsigned long* numberPulses: the number of integrate on chip pulses triggered within
the fire pulse.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOCFrequency GetDDGIOCFrequency SetDDGIOCNumber

GetDDGIOCPulses SetDDGIOC

SDK SECTION 11
Page 154
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGIOCNumberRequested
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOCNumberRequested(at_u32 * pulses)

Description This function can be used to return the number of pulses that were requested by the
user.

Parameters at_u32 * pulses: the number of integrate on chip pulses requested.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID pulses has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOCNumber SetDDGIOC

GetDDGIOCPeriod
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOCPeriod(at_u64 * period)

Description This function can be used to return the actual IOC period that will be triggered. It should
only be called once all the conditions of the experiment have been defined.

Parameters at_u64 * period: the period of integrate on chip pulses triggered within the fire pulse.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS IOC period returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID period has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOC SetDDGIOCPeriod

SDK SECTION 11
Page 155
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGIOCPulses
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOCPulses(int* pulses)

Description This function can be used to calculate the number of pulses that will be triggered with the
given exposure time, readout mode, acquisition mode and integrate on chip frequency. It
should only be called once all the conditions of the experiment have been defined.

Parameters int* pulses: the number of integrate on chip pulses triggered within the fire pulse.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOCFrequency GetDDGIOCFrequency SetDDGIOCNumber

GetDDGIOCNumber SetDDGIOC
GetDDGIOCTrigger
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGIOCTrigger(at_u32 * trigger)
This function can be used to retrieve the active IOC trigger.
at_u32* trigger: active IOC trigger (0 – Fire pulse, 1 – External trigger).

unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IOC trigger returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid trigger.

GetCapabilities SetDDGIOC SetDDGIOCTrigger SetTriggerMode

GetDDGLiteControlByte
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGLiteControlByte(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, unsigned char *
control)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetDDGLiteGlobalControlByte
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGLiteGlobalControlByte(unsigned char * control)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetDDGLiteInitialDelay
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGLiteInitialDelay(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, float * fDelay)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetDDGLiteInterPulseDelay
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGLiteInterPulseDelay(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, float * fDelay)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 156
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGLitePulsesPerExposure
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGLitePulsesPerExposure(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, at_u32 *
ui32Pulses)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetDDGLitePulseWidth
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGLitePulseWidth(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, float * fWidth)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled(at_u32 * Enabled)

Description This function can be used to check whether optical gate widths are being used.

Parameters at_u32 * Enabled: optical gate width option (0 – Off, 1 – On).

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS State returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Optical gate width not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Enabled has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGTTLGateWidth

SDK SECTION 11
Page 157
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGPulse
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGPulse(double width, double resolution, double* Delay, double* Width)

Description This function attempts to find a laser pulse in a user-defined region with a given resolution.
The values returned will provide an estimation of the location of the pulse.

Parameters double width: the time in picoseconds of the region to be searched.

double resolution: the minimum gate pulse used to locate the laser.
double* Delay: the approximate start of the laser pulse.
double* Width: the pulse width, which encapsulated the laser pulse.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Location returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

NOTE: Available in iStar.

GetDDGTTLGateWidth
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGTTLGateWidth(at_u64 opticalWidth, at_u64 * ttlWidth)

Description This function can be used to get the TTL gate width which corresponds to a particular
optical gate width.

Parameters at_u64 opticalWidth: optical gate width in picoseconds.

at_u64 * ttlWidth: TTL gate width in picoseconds.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Timings returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Optical gate width not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P2_INVALID ttlWidth has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled

SDK SECTION 11
Page 158
 FUNCTIONS
GetDDGWidthStepCoefficients
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGWidthStepCoefficients(at_u32 mode, double * p1, double * p2)

Description This function will return the coefficients for a particular gate width step mode.

Parameters at_u32 mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant.

1 exponential.
2 logarithmic.
3 linear.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step coefficients returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Gate step not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Gate step mode invalid.
DRV_P2_INVALID p1 has invalid memory address.
DRV_P3_INVALID p2 has invalid memory address.

See also SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients SetDDGWidthStepMode GetDDGWidthStepMode

GetDDGWidthStepMode
unsigned int WINAPI GetDDGWidthStepMode(at_u32 * mode)

Description This function will return the current gate width step mode.

Parameters at_u32 * mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant.

1 exponential.
2 logarithmic.
3 linear.
100 off.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Gate step not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID mode has invalid memory address.

See also SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients SetDDGWidthStepMode GetDDGWidthStepCoefficients

SDK SECTION 11
Page 159
 FUNCTIONS
GetDetector
unsigned int WINAPI GetDetector(int* xpixels, int* ypixels)

Description This function returns the size of the detector in pixels. The horizontal axis is taken to be
the axis parallel to the readout register.

Parameters int* xpixels: number of horizontal pixels.

int* ypixels: number of vertical pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Detector size returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

GetDICameraInfo
unsigned int WINAPI GetDICameraInfo (void *info)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetDualExposureTimes
unsigned int WINAPI GetDualExposureTimes(float* exposure1, float* exposure2)

Description This function will return the current “valid” acquisition timing information for dual exposure
mode. This mode is only available for certain sensors in run till abort mode, external
trigger, full image.

Parameters float* exposure1: valid exposure time in seconds for each odd numbered frame.
float* exposure2: valid exposure time in seconds for each even numbered frame.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized. .
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Dual exposure mode not supported on this camera.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Dual exposure mode not configured correctly.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID exposure1 has invalid memory address.
DRV_P2INVALID exposure2 has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities, SetDualExposureMode, SetDualExposureTimes

GetEMAdvanced

SDK SECTION 11
Page 160
 FUNCTIONS
unsigned int WINAPI GetEMAdvanced(int * state)

Description Returns the current Advanced gain setting.

Parameters Int*state: current EM advanced gain setting

Return
DRV_SUCCESS Advanced state returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

DRV_P1INVALID state has invalid memory address.

GetEMCCDGain
unsigned int WINAPI GetEMCCDGain(int* gain)

Description Returns the current gain setting. The meaning of the value returned depends on the EM
Gain mode.

Parameters Int*gain: current EM gain setting

Return
DRV_SUCCESS Gain returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 161
 FUNCTIONS

SDK SECTION 11
Page 162
 FUNCTIONS
GetEMGainRange
unsigned int WINAPI GetEMGainRange(int* low, int* high)

Description Returns the minimum and maximum values of the current selected EM Gain mode and
temperature of the sensor.

Parameters int* low: lowest gain setting

int* high: highest gain setting

Return
DRV_SUCCESS Gain range returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED System does not support EM Gain.

DRV_P1INVALID Invalid first parameter.

DRV_P2INVALID Invalid second parameter.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 163
 FUNCTIONS
GetExternalTriggerTermination
unsigned int WINAPI GetExternalTriggerTermination(at_u32 * Termination)

Description This function can be used to get the current external trigger termination mode.

Parameters at_u32 * Termination: trigger termination option.

Valid values: 0 50 ohm.
1 hi-Z.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Termination returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Trigger termination not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Termination has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetExternalTriggerTermination

GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed (int* index, float* speed)

Description As your Andor SDK system may be capable of operating at more than one vertical shift
speed this function will return the fastest recommended speed available. The very high
readout speeds, may require an increase in the amplitude of the Vertical Clock Voltage
using SetVSAmplitude. This function returns the fastest speed which does not require the
Vertical Clock Voltage to be adjusted. The values returned are the vertical shift speed
index and the actual speed in microseconds per pixel shift.

Parameters Int* index: index of the fastest recommended vertical shift speed
float* speed: speed in microseconds per pixel shift.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetVSSpeed, GetNumberVSSpeeds, SetVSSpeed

GetFIFOUsage
unsigned int WINAPI GetFIFOUsage (int* FIFOusage)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetFilterMode
unsigned int WINAPI GetFilterMode(int* mode)

Description This function returns the current state of the cosmic ray filtering mode.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 164
 FUNCTIONS
Parameters int* mode: current state of filter
0 OFF
2 ON

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Filter mode returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also SetFilterMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 165
 FUNCTIONS
GetFKExposureTime
unsigned int WINAPI GetFKExposureTime(float* time)

Description This function will return the current “valid” exposure time for a fast kinetics acquisition. This
function should be used after all the acquisitions settings have been set, i.e.
SetFastKinetics and SetFKVShiftSpeed. The value returned is the actual time used in
subsequent acquisitions.

Parameters float* time: valid exposure time in seconds

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Timing information returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_INVALID_MODE Fast kinetics is not available.

See also SetFastKinetics, SetFKVShiftSpeed

GetFKVShiftSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetFKVShiftSpeed(int index, int* speed)

Description Deprecated see Note:

As your Andor SDK system is capable of operating at more than one fast kinetics vertical
shift speed this function will return the actual speeds available. The value returned is in
microseconds per pixel shift.

Parameters int index: speed required

Valid values 0 to GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds()-1
int* speed: speed in micro-seconds per pixel shift

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

See also GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds, SetFKVShiftSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by GetFKVShiftSpeedF

SDK SECTION 11
Page 166
 FUNCTIONS
GetFKVShiftSpeedF
unsigned int WINAPI GetFKVShiftSpeedF(int index, float* speed)

Description As your Andor system is capable of operating at more than one fast kinetics vertical shift
speed this function will return the actual speeds available. The value returned is in
microseconds per pixel shift.

Parameters int index: speed required

Valid values: 0 to GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds()-1
float* speed: speed in micro-seconds per pixel shift

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

See also GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds, SetFKVShiftSpeed

NOTE: Only available if camera is Classic or iStar.

GetFrontEndStatus
unsigned int WINAPI GetFrontEndStatus(int * status)

Description This function will return if the Front End cooler has overheated.

Parameters int * status: The status of the front end cooler

0 Normal

1 Tripped

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Front End cooler not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID status has invalid memory address.

See also SetFrontEndEvent

SDK SECTION 11
Page 167
 FUNCTIONS
GetGateMode
unsigned int WINAPI GetGateMode(int * gatemode)

Description Allows the user to get the current photocathode gating mode.
Parameters int * gatemode: the gate mode.
Valid values: 0 Fire ANDed with the Gate input.
1 Gating controlled from Fire pulse only.
2 Gating controlled from SMB Gate input only.
3 Gating ON continuously.
4 Gating OFF continuously.
5 Gate using DDG

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gating mode accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
2
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I C command timed out.
2
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID gatemode has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetGateMode_SetGain

GetHardwareVersion
unsigned int WINAPI GetHardwareVersion(unsigned int* PCB, unsigned int* Decode, unsigned int*
dummy1, unsigned int* dummy2, unsigned int* CameraFirmwareVersion, unsigned int*
CameraFirmwareBuild)

Description This function returns the Hardware version information.

Parameters Unsigned int* PCB: Plug-in card version
unsigned int* Decode: Flex 10K file version
unsigned int* dummy1
unsigned int* dummy2
unsigned int* CameraFirmwareVersion: Version number of camera firmware
unsigned int* CameraFirmwareBuild: Build number of camera firmware

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Version information returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

GetHeadModel

SDK SECTION 11
Page 168
 FUNCTIONS
unsigned int WINAPI GetHeadModel(char* name)

Description This function will retrieve the type of CCD attached to your system.
Parameters char* name: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the Head Model. This
should be declared as size MAX_PATH.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Name returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

GetHorizontalSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetHorizontalSpeed(int index, int* speed)

Description Deprecated see Note:

As your Andor system is capable of operating at more than one horizontal shift speed this
function will return the actual speeds available. The value returned is in microseconds per
pixel shift.

Parameters int index: speed required

Valid values: 0 to NumberSpeeds-1, where NumberSpeeds is the parameter
returned by GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds.
int* speed: speed in micro-seconds per pixel shift

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

See also GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds, SetHorizontalSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by GetHSSpeed

SDK SECTION 11
Page 169
 FUNCTIONS
GetHSSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetHSSpeed(int channel, int typ, int index, float* speed)

Description As your Andor system is capable of operating at more than one horizontal shift speed this
function will return the actual speeds available. The value returned is in MHz.

Parameters int channel: the AD channel.

int typ: output amplification.
Valid values: 0 electron multiplication/Conventional(clara).
1 conventional/Extended NIR Mode(clara).
int index: speed required
Valid values 0 to NumberSpeeds-1 where NumberSpeeds is value returned in first
parameter after a call to GetNumberHSSpeeds().
float* speed: speed in in MHz.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid channel.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid horizontal read mode
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid index

See also GetNumberHSSpeeds, SetHSSpeed

NOTE: The speed is returned in microseconds per pixel shift for iStar and Classic systems.

GetHVflag
unsigned int WINAPI GetHVflag (int* bFlag)

Description This function will retrieve the High Voltage flag from your USB iStar intensifier. A 0 value
indicates that the high voltage is abnormal.

Parameters int* bFlag: pointer to High Voltage flag.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS HV flag returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Not a USB iStar.

NOTE Available only on USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 170
 FUNCTIONS
GetID
unsigned int WINAPI GetID (int devNum, int* id)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetImageFlip
unsigned int WINAPI GetImageFlip(int* iHFlip, int* iVFlip)
Description This function will obtain whether the acquired data output is flipped in either the horizontal
or vertical direction.

Parameters int* iHFlip: Gets horizontal flipping.

int* iVFlip: Gets vertical flipping.

1 – Flipping Enabled
0 – Flipping Disabled

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID HFlip parameter invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID VFlip parameter invalid

See also SetImageRotate SetImageFlip

GetImageRotate
unsigned int WINAPI GetImageRotate(int* iRotate)
Description This function will obtain whether the acquired data output is rotated in any direction.

Parameters int* iRotate: Rotation setting

0 - No rotation
1 - Rotate 90 degrees clockwise
2 - Rotate 90 degrees anti-clockwise
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Rotate parameter invalid.

See also SetImageFlip SetImageRotate

SDK SECTION 11
Page 171
 FUNCTIONS
GetImages
unsigned int WINAPI GetImages(long first, long last, at_32* arr, unsigned long size, long* validfirst,
long* validlast)

Description This function will update the data array with the specified series of images from the
circular buffer. If the specified series is out of range (i.e. the images have been
overwritten or have not yet been acquired then an error will be returned.

Parameters long first: index of first image in buffer to retrieve.

long last: index of last image in buffer to retrieve.
at_32* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
unsigned long size: total number of pixels.
long* validfirst: index of the first valid image.
long* validlast: index of the last valid image.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Images have been copied into array.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_GENERAL_ERRORS The series is out of range.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetImages16, GetNumberNewImages

SDK SECTION 11
Page 172
 FUNCTIONS
GetImages16
unsigned int WINAPI GetImages16(long first, long last, WORD* arr, unsigned long size, long*
validfirst, long* validlast)

Description 16-bit version of the GetImages function.

Parameters long first: index of first image in buffer to retrieve.
long last: index of last image in buffer to retrieve.
WORD* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
unsigned long size: total number of pixels.
long* validfirst: index of the first valid image.
long* validlast: index of the last valid image.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Images have been copied into array.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_GENERAL_ERRORS The series is out of range.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetImages, GetNumberNewImages

GetImagesPerDMA
unsigned int WINAPI GetImagesPerDMA (unsigned long* images)

Description This function will return the maximum number of images that can be transferred during a
single DMA transaction.

Parameters unsigned long* images:

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS

SDK SECTION 11
Page 173
 FUNCTIONS
GetIODirection
unsigned int WINAPI GetIODirection(int index, int* iDirection)

Description Available in some systems are a number of IO’s that can be configured to be inputs or
outputs. This function gets the current state of a particular IO.

Parameters int index: IO index

Valid values: 0 toGetNumberIO() - 1
int* iDirection: current direction for this index.
0: Output
1: Input
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IO direction returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid parameter.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetNumberIO GetIOLevel SetIODirection SetIOLevel

GetIOLevel
unsigned int WINAPI GetIOLevel(int index, int* iLevel)

Description Available in some systems are a number of IO’s that can be configured to be inputs or
outputs. This function gets the current state of a particular IO.

Parameters int index: IO index

Valid values: 0 toGetNumberIO() - 1
int* iLevel: current level for this index.
0: Low
1: High
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IO level returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid parameter.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetNumberIO GetIODirection SetIODirection SetIOLevel

SDK SECTION 11
Page 174
 FUNCTIONS
GetIRIGData
unsigned int WINAPI GetIRIGData (unsigned char* _uc_irigData, unsigned int _ui_index)

Description This function retrieves the IRIG data for the requested frame. The buffer will be populated
with 128bits of information.
 The least significant 100 bits contains the IRIG time frame as received from the
external IRIG device. This will be the most recent full time frame available when
the start exposure event occurred.
 The next 8 bits indicate the bit position in the current IRIG time frame when the
start exposure event occurred.
 The final 20 bits indicates how many 10nS clock periods have occurred since the
start of the current bit period and the start exposure event.

Parameters unsigned char* _uc_irigData: buffer that will be populated with the IRIG data, must be at
least 16 bytes.

int _ui_index: frame for which IRIG data is required.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS IRIG data successfully retrieved.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported on this camera.

DRV_P1INVALID Buffer is invalid.

DRV_MSTIMINGS_ERROR Requested frame isn’t valid.

See also GetCapabilities

NOTE Not all cameras support this feature. To check if your camera supports this feature
use the GetCapabilities function to check the ulFeature for
AC_FEATURES_IRIG_SUPPORT.

GetIRQ
unsigned int WINAPI GetIRQ (int* IRQ)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 175
 FUNCTIONS
GetKeepCleanTime
unsigned int WINAPI GetKeepCleanTime(float* KeepCleanTime)

Description This function will return the time to perform a keep clean cycle. This function should be
used after all the acquisitions settings have been set, e.g. SetExposureTime,
SetKineticCycleTime and SetReadMode etc. The value returned is the actual times used
in subsequent acquisitions.

Parameters float* KeepCleanTime: valid readout time in seconds

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Timing information returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_CODES Error communicating with camera.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings GetReadOutTime

NOTES NOTE: Available on iDus, iXon, Luca & Newton.

GetMaximumBinning
unsigned int WINAPI GetMaximumBinning (int ReadMode, int HorzVert, int* MaxBinning)
Description This function will return the maximum binning allowable in either the vertical or horizontal
dimension for a particular readout mode.

Parameters int ReadMode: The readout mode for which to retrieve the maximum binning (see
SetReadMode for possible values).
int HorzVert: 0 to retrieve horizontal binning limit, 1 to retreive limit in the vertical.
int* MaxBinning: Will contain the Maximum binning value on return.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Maximum Binning returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid Readmode
DRV_P2INVALID HorzVert not equal to 0 or 1
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid MaxBinning address (i.e. NULL)

See also GetMinimumImageLength, SetReadMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 176
 FUNCTIONS
GetMaximumExposure
unsigned int WINAPI GetMaximumExposure (float* MaxExp)
Description This function will return the maximum Exposure Time in seconds that is settable by the
SetExposureTime function.

Parameters Float int* MaxExp: Will contain the Maximum exposure value on return.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Maximum Exposure returned.

DRV_P1INVALID Invalid MaxExp value (i.e. NULL)

See also SetExposureTime

GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes
unsigned int WINAPI GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes (int* number)
Description This function will return the maximum number of exposures that can be configured in the
SetRingExposureTimes SDK function. Typically this is 16 for PCI systems and 15 for
USB.

Parameters int* number: Will contain the maximum number of exposures on return.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Success
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid number value (ie NULL)
DRV_NOTAVAILABLE System does not support this option

See also GetCapabilities, GetNumberRingExposureTimes, GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes,

GetRingExposureRange IsTriggerModeAvailable SetRingExposureTimes

GetMCPGain
unsigned int WINAPI GetMCPGain (int* gain)
Description This function will retrieve the set value for the MCP Gain.

Parameters int* gain: Returned gain value.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Table returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress

DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL)

DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Not a USB iStar

See also SetMCPGain

NOTE Available only on USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 177
 FUNCTIONS
This function previously returned a table of MCP gain values against
photoelectrons per count. This is now retrieved using GetMCPGainTable.

GetMCPGainRange
unsigned int WINAPI GetMCPGainRange(int* iLow, int* iHigh)

Description Returns the minimum and maximum values of the SetMCPGain function.

Parameters int* iLow: lowest gain setting

int* iHigh: highest gain setting

Return
DRV_SUCCESS Gain range returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

See also SetMCPGain

NOTE Available only iStar.

GetMCPGainTable
unsigned int WINAPI GetMCPGainTable(int iNum, int * piGain, float * pfPhotoepc)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetMCPVoltage
unsigned int WINAPI GetMCPVoltage (int* iVoltage)

Description This function will retrieve the current Micro Channel Plate voltage.

Parameters int* iVoltage: Will contain voltage on return. The unit is in Volts and should be between
the range 600 – 1100 Volts.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Voltage returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Not a USB iStar.
DRV_GENERAL_ERRORS EEPROM not valid

See also GetMCPGain

NOTE Available only on USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 178
 FUNCTIONS
GetMetaDataInfo
unsigned int WINAPI GetMetaDataInfo(SYSTEMTIME* TimeOfStart ,float *TimeFromStart, int index)

Description This function will return the time of the initial frame and the time in milliseconds of further
frames from this point.

Parameters SYSTEMTIME* TimeOfStart: Structure with start time details.

float *TimeFromStart: time in milliseconds for a particular frame from time of start.
int index: frame for which time is required.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Timings returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

DRV_MSTIMINGS_ERROR Invalid timing request

See also SetMetaData

GetMinimumImageLength
unsigned int WINAPI GetMinimumImageLength (int* MinImageLength)

Description This function will return the minimum number of pixels that can be read out from the chip
at each exposure. This minimum value arises due the way in which the chip is read out
and will limit the possible sub image dimensions and binning sizes that can be applied.

Parameters int* MinImageLength: Will contain the minimum number of super pixels on return.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Minimum Number of Pixels returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

DRV_P1INVALID Invalid MinImageLength value (i.e. NULL)

See also SetImage

GetMinimumNumberInSeries
unsigned int WINAPI GetMinimumNumberInSeries(int * number)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 179
 FUNCTIONS
GetMostRecentColorImage16
unsigned int WINAPI GetMostRecentColorImage16 (unsigned long size, int algorithm, WORD* red,
WORD* green, WORD* blue)

Description For colour sensors only.

Color version of the GetMostRecentImage16 function. The CCD is sensitive to Cyan,

Yellow, Magenta and Green (CYMG). The Red, Green and Blue (RGB) are calculated
and Data is stored in 3 planes/images, one for each basic color.

Parameters unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

int algorithm: algorithm used to extract the RGB from the original CYMG CCD.
0: basic algorithm combining Cyan, Yellow and Magenta.
1: algorithm combining Cyan, Yellow, Magenta and Green.
WORD* red: pointer to red data storage allocated by the user.
WORD* green: pointer to red data storage allocated by the user.
WORD* blue: pointer to red data storage allocated by the user.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Image RGB has been copied into arrays.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Arrays size is incorrect.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid algorithm.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid red pointer (i.e. NULL)..
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid green pointer (i.e. NULL)..
DRV_P5INVALID Invalid bluepointer (i.e. NULL)..
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetMostRecentImage16, DemosaicImage, WhiteBalance.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 180
 FUNCTIONS
GetMostRecentImage
unsigned int WINAPI GetMostRecentImage(at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description This function will update the data array with the most recently acquired image in any
acquisition mode. The data are returned as long integers (32-bit signed integers). The
"array" must be exactly the same size as the complete image.

Parameters long* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.

unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Image has been copied into array.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetMostRecentImage16, GetOldestImage, GetOldestImage16, GetImages

GetMostRecentImage16
unsigned int WINAPI GetMostRecentImage16(WORD* arr, unsigned long size)

Description 16-bit version of the GetMostRecentImage function.

Parameters WORD* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Image has been copied into array.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetMostRecentImage, GetOldestImage16, GetOldestImage, GetImages

SDK SECTION 11
Page 181
 FUNCTIONS
GetMSTimingsData
unsigned int WINAPI GetMSTimingsData(SYSTEMTIME *TimeOfStart ,float *pfDifferences, int
inoOfimages)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetMSTimingsEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI GetMSTimingsEnabled(void)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetNewData
unsigned int WINAPI GetNewData(at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description Deprecated see Note:

This function will update the data array to hold data acquired so far. The data are returned
as long integers (32-bit signed integers). The “array” must be large enough to hold the
complete data set. When used in conjunction with the SetDriverEvent and
GetAcquisitonProgress functions, the data from each scan in a kinetic series can be
processed while the acquisition is taking place.

Parameters At_* array: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.

unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data copied.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also SetDriverEvent, GetAcquisitionProgress, SetAcquisitionMode, GetNewData8,

GetNewData16

NOTE: Deprecated by the following functions:

 GetImages

 GetMostRecentImage

 GetOldestIimage

SDK SECTION 11
Page 182
 FUNCTIONS
GetNewData16
unsigned int WINAPI GetNewData16(WORD* arr, unsigned long size)

Description Deprecated see Note:

16-bit version of the GetNewData function.
Parameters WORD* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data copied.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

NOTE: Deprecated by the following functions:

 GetImages

 GetMostRecentImage

 GetOldestIimage

GetNewData8
unsigned int WINAPI GetNewData8(unsigned char* arr, unsigned long size)

Description Deprecated see Note:

8-bit version of the GetNewData function. This function will return the data in the lower 8
bits of the acquired data.

Parameters unsigned char* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data copied.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

NOTE: Deprecated by the following functions:

 GetImages

 GetMostRecentImage

 GetOldestIimage

SDK SECTION 11
Page 183
 FUNCTIONS
GetNewFloatData
unsigned int WINAPI GetNewFloatData(float* arr, unsigned long size)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetNumberADChannels
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberADChannels(int* channels)

Description As your Andor SDK system may be capable of operating with more than one A-D
converter, this function will tell you the number available.

Parameters int* channels: number of allowed channels

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of channels returned.
See also SetADChannel

GetNumberAmp
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberAmp(int* amp)

Description As your Andor SDK system may be capable of operating with more than one output
amplifier, this function will tell you the number available.

Parameters int* amp: number of allowed channels

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of output amplifiers returned.
See also SetOutputAmplifier

GetNumberAvailableImages
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberAvailableImages (at_32* first, at_32* last)

Description This function will return information on the number of available images in the circular
buffer. This information can be used with GetImages to retrieve a series of images. If any
images are overwritten in the circular buffer they no longer can be retrieved and the
information returned will treat overwritten images as not available.

Parameters at_32* first: returns the index of the first available image in the circular buffer.
at_32* last: returns the index of the last available image in the circular buffer.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number of acquired images returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card

DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet

See also GetImages, GetImages16, GetNumberNewImages.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 184
 FUNCTIONS
GetNumberDevices
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberDevices (int* numDevs)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetNumberDDGExternalOutputs
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberDDGExternalOutputs(at_u32 * Count)

Description This function gets the number of available external outputs.

Parameters at_u32 * Count: number of available external outputs.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Count has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGExternalOutputEnabled

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds(int* number)

Description As your Andor SDK system is capable of operating at more than one fast kinetics vertical
shift speed this function will return the actual number of speeds available.

Parameters int* number: number of allowed speeds

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of speeds returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetFKVShiftSpeedF, SetFKVShiftSpeed

NOTE: Only available if camera is Classic or iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 185
 FUNCTIONS
GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds(int* number)

Description Deprecated see Note:

As your Andor SDK system is capable of operating at more than one horizontal shift
speed this function will return the actual number of speeds available.

Parameters int* number: number of allowed horizontal speeds

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of speeds returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetHorizontalSpeed, SetHorizontalSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by GetNumberHSSpeeds

GetNumberHSSpeeds
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberHSSpeeds(int channel, int typ, int* speeds)

Description As your Andor SDK system is capable of operating at more than one horizontal shift speed
this function will return the actual number of speeds available.

Parameters int channel: the AD channel.

int typ: output amplification.
Valid values: 0 electron multiplication.
1 conventional.
int* speeds: number of allowed horizontal speeds

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number of speeds returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid channel.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid horizontal read mode

See also GetHSSpeed, SetHSSpeed, GetNumberADChannels

SDK SECTION 11
Page 186
 FUNCTIONS
GetNumberMissedExternalTriggers
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberMissedExternalTriggers(unsigned int first, unsigned int last, WORD
* arr, unsigned int size)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetNumberNewImages
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberNewImages(long* first, long* last)

Description This function will return information on the number of new images (i.e. images which have
not yet been retrieved) in the circular buffer. This information can be used with
GetImages to retrieve a series of the latest images. If any images are overwritten in the
circular buffer they can no longer be retrieved and the information returned will treat
overwritten images as having been retrieved.

Parameters long* first: returns the index of the first available image in the circular buffer.
long* last: returns the index of the last available image in the circular buffer.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Number of acquired images returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetImages, GetImages16, GetNumberAvailableImages

Note: This index will increment as soon as a single accumulation has been completed within the current
acquisition.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 187
 FUNCTIONS
GetNumberPhotonCountingDivisions
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberPhotonCountingDivisions(unsigned long * noOfDivisions)

Description Available in some systems is photon counting mode. This function gets the number of
photon counting divisions available. The functions SetPhotonCounting and
SetPhotonCountingThreshold can be used to specify which of these divisions is to be
used.

Parameters unsigned long* noOfDivisions: number of allowed photon counting divisions

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of photon counting divisions returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid parameter.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Photon Counting not available

See also SetPhotonCounting, SetPhotonCountingThreshold, GetCapabilities

GetNumberPreAmpGains
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberPreAmpGains(int* noGains)

Description Available in some systems are a number of pre amp gains that can be applied to the
data as it is read out. This function gets the number of these pre amp gains available.
The functions GetPreAmpGain and SetPreAmpGain can be used to specify which of
these gains is to be used.

Parameters int* noGains: number of allowed pre amp gains

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of pre amp gains returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also IsPreAmpGainAvailable, GetPreAmpGain, SetPreAmpGain, GetCapabilities

GetNumberRingExposureTimes
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberRingExposureTimes (int * ipnumTimes)

Description Gets the number of exposures in the ring at this moment.

Parameters int * ipnumTimes: Numberof exposure times.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Success
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

See also SetRingExposureTimes

SDK SECTION 11
Page 188
 FUNCTIONS
GetNumberIO
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberIO(int* iNumber)

Description Available in some systems are a number of IO’s that can be configured to be inputs or
outputs. This function gets the number of these IO’s available. The functions
GetIODirection, GetIOLevel, SetIODirection and SetIOLevel can be used to specify the
configuration.

Parameters int* iNumber: number of allowed IO’s

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of IO’s returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid parameter.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetIOLevel GetIODirection SetIODirection SetIOLevel

SDK SECTION 11
Page 189
 FUNCTIONS
GetNumberVerticalSpeeds
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberVerticalSpeeds(int* number)

Description Deprecated see Note:

As your Andor system may be capable of operating at more than one vertical shift speed
this function will return the actual number of speeds available.

Parameters int* number: number of allowed vertical speeds

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of speeds returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetVerticalSpeed, SetVerticalSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by GetNumberVSSpeeds

GetNumberVSAmplitudes
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberVSAmplitudes (int* number)

Description This function will normally return the number of vertical clock voltage amplitues that the
camera has.
Parameters int *number:
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Your system does not support this feature

GetNumberVSSpeeds
unsigned int WINAPI GetNumberVSSpeeds(int* speeds)

Description As your Andor system may be capable of operating at more than one vertical shift speed
this function will return the actual number of speeds available.

Parameters int* speeds: number of allowed vertical speeds

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of speeds returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetVSSpeed, SetVSSpeed, GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed

SDK SECTION 11
Page 190
 FUNCTIONS
GetOldestImage
unsigned int WINAPI GetOldestImage(at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description This function will update the data array with the oldest image in the circular buffer. Once
the oldest image has been retrieved it no longer is available. The data are returned as
long integers (32-bit signed integers). The "array" must be exactly the same size as the
full image.

Parameters at_32* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.

unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Image has been copied into array.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetOldestImage16, GetMostRecentImage, GetMostRecentImage16

GetOldestImage16
unsigned int WINAPI GetOldestImage16(WORD* arr, unsigned long size)

Description 16-bit version of the GetOldestImage function.

Parameters WORD* arr: pointer to data storage allocated by the user.
unsigned long size: total number of pixels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Image has been copied into array.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA There is no new data yet.

See also GetOldestImage, GetMostRecentImage16, GetMostRecentImage

SDK SECTION 11
Page 191
 FUNCTIONS
GetPhosphorStatus
unsigned int WINAPI GetPhosphorStatus(int * status)

Description This function will return if the phosphor has saturated.

Parameters int * status: The status of the phosphor

0 Normal

1 Saturated

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Phosphor status not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID status has invalid memory address.

See also

GetPhysicalDMAAddress
unsigned int WINAPI GetPhysicalDMAAddress (unsigned long* Address1, unsigned long* Address2)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetPixelSize
unsigned int WINAPI GetPixelSize(float* xSize, float* ySize)

Description This function returns the dimension of the pixels in the detector in microns.
Parameters float* xSize: width of pixel.
float* ySize: height of pixel.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Pixel size returned.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 192
 FUNCTIONS
GetPreAmpGain
unsigned int WINAPI GetPreAmpGain(int index, float* gain)

Description For those systems that provide a number of pre amp gains to apply to the data as it is read
out; this function retrieves the amount of gain that is stored for a particular index. The
number of gains available can be obtained by calling the GetNumberPreAmpGains
function and a specific Gain can be selected using the function SetPreAmpGain.

Parameters int index: gain index

Valid values: 0 to GetNumberPreAmpGains()-1
float* gain: gain factor for this index.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gain returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

See also IsPreAmpGainAvailable, GetNumberPreAmpGains, SetPreAmpGain, GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 193
 FUNCTIONS
GetPreAmpGainText
unsigned int WINAPI GetPreAmpGainText (int index , char* name, int len)
Description This function will return a string with a pre amp gain description. The pre amp gain is
selected using the index. The SDK has a string associated with each of its pre amp gains.
The maximum number of characters needed to store the pre amp gain descriptions is 30.
The user has to specify the number of characters they wish to have returned to them from
this function.

Parameters int index: gain index

Valid values: 0 to GetNumberPreAmpGains()-1

char* name: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the description.

int len: The length of the user allocated character array.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Description returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.
DRV_P2INVALID Array size is incorrect
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Function not supported with this camera

See also IsPreAmpGainAvailable, GetNumberPreAmpGains, SetPreAmpGain, GetCapabilities

GetQE
unsigned int WINAPI GetQE(char * sensor, float wavelength, unsigned int mode, float * QE)

Description Returns the percentage QE for a particular head model at a user specified wavelength.

Parameters char* sensor: head model

float wavelength: wavelength at which QE is required
unsigned int mode: Clara mode (Normal (0) or Extended NIR (1)). 0 for all other systems
float* QE: requested QE

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS QE returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

See also _GetHeadModel, GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 194
 FUNCTIONS
GetReadOutTime
unsigned int WINAPI GetReadOutTime(float* ReadoutTime)

Description This function will return the time to readout data from a sensor. This function should be
used after all the acquisitions settings have been set, e.g. SetExposureTime,
SetKineticCycleTime and SetReadMode etc. The value returned is the actual times used
in subsequent acquisitions.

Parameters float* ReadoutTime: valid readout time in seconds

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Timing information returned.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_CODES Error communicating with camera.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings GetKeepCleanTime

NOTES NOTE: Available on iDus, iXon, Luca & Newton.

GetRegisterDump
unsigned int WINAPI GetRegisterDump (int* mode)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetRelativeImageTimes
unsigned int WINAPI GetRelativeImageTimes (unsigned int first, unsigned int last, at_u64 * arr,
unsigned int size)

Description This function will return an array of the start times in nanoseconds of a user defined
number of frames relative to the initial frame.

Parameters unsigned int first: Index of first frame in array.

unsigned int last: Index of last frame in array.
at_u64 * arr: array of times in nanoseconds for each frame from time of start.
int index: number of frames for which start time is required.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Timings returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

DRV_MSTIMINGS_ERROR Invalid timing request

See also GetCapabilities SetMetaData

SDK SECTION 11
Page 195
 FUNCTIONS
GetRingExposureRange
unsigned int WINAPI GetRingExposureRange (float * fpMin, float * fpMax)

Description With the Ring Of Exposure feature there may be a case when not all exposures can be
met. The ring of exposure feature will guarantee that the highest exposure will be met but
this may mean that the lower exposures may not be. If the lower exposures are too low
they will be increased to the lowest value possible. This function will return these upper
and lower values.

Parameters float * fpMin: Minimum exposure

float * fpMax: Maximum exposure.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Min and max returned

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialize
DRV_INVALID_MODE Trigger mode is not available

See also GetCapabilities, GetNumberRingExposureTimes, IsTriggerModeAvailable,

SetRingExposureTimes

GetSDK3Handle
unsigned int WINAPI GetSDK3Handle(int * Handle)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetSensitivity
unsigned int WINAPI GetSensitivity(int channel, int index, int amplifier, int pa, float* sensitivity)

Description This function returns the sensitivity for a particular speed.

Parameters int channel: AD channel index.

int amplifier: Type of output amplifier.
int index: Channel speed index.
int pa: PreAmp gain index.
float* sensitivity: requested sensitivity.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Sensitivity returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid channel.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid amplifier.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid speed index.
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid gain.

See also GetCapabilities

NOTE: Available only on iXon+ and Clara.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 196
 FUNCTIONS
GetShutterMinTimes
unsigned int WINAPI GetShutterMinTimes(int * minclosingtime, int * minopeningtime);
Description This function will return the minimum opening and closing times in milliseconds for the
shutter on the current camera.

Parameters int* minclosingtime: returns the minimum closing time in milliseconds that the shutter of
the camera supports.
int* minopeningtime: returns the minimum opening time in milliseconds that the shutter
of the camera supports.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Minimum times successfully returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Parameter is NULL.
DRV_P2INVALID Parameter is NULL

GetSizeOfCircularBuffer
unsigned int WINAPI GetSizeOfCircularBuffer(long* index)

Description This function will return the maximum number of images the circular buffer can store
based on the current acquisition settings.

Parameters long* index: returns the maximum number of images the circular buffer can store.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Maximum number of images returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

GetSlotBusDeviceFunction
unsigned int WINAPI GetSlotBusDeviceFunction (DWORD *dwSlot, DWORD *dwBus, DWORD
*dwDevice, DWORD *dwFunction)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED

SDK SECTION 11
Page 197
 FUNCTIONS
GetSoftwareVersion
unsigned int WINAPI GetSoftwareVersion(unsigned int* eprom, unsigned int* cofFile, unsigned int*
vxdRev, unsigned int* vxdVer, unsigned int* dllRev, unsigned int* dllVer)

Description This function returns the Software version information for the microprocessor code and the
driver.

Parameters unsigned int* eprom: EPROM version

unsigned int* cofFile: COF file version
unsigned int *vxdRev: Driver revision number
unsigned int *vxdVer: Driver version number
unsigned int *dllRev: DLL revision number
unsigned int *dllVer: DLL version number

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Version information returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

GetSpoolProgress
unsigned int WINAPI GetSpoolProgress(long* index)

Description Deprecated see Note:

This function will return information on the progress of the current spool operation. The
value returned is the number of images that have been saved to disk during the current
kinetic scan.

Parameters long* index: returns the number of files saved to disk in the current kinetic scan.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Spool progress returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

See also SetSpool

NOTE: Deprecated by GetTotalNumberImagesAcquired

GetStartUpTime
unsigned int WINAPI GetStartUpTime(float * time)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 198
 FUNCTIONS
GetStatus
unsigned int WINAPI GetStatus(int* status)

Description This function will return the current status of the Andor SDK system. This function should
be called before an acquisition is started to ensure that it is IDLE and during an acquisition
to monitor the process.

Parameters int* status: current status

DRV_IDLE IDLE waiting on instructions.
DRV_TEMPCYCLE Executing temperature cycle.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ACCUM_TIME_NOT_MET Unable to meet Accumulate cycle time.
DRV_KINETIC_TIME_NOT_MET Unable to meet Kinetic cycle time.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_ACQ_BUFFER Computer unable to read the data via the ISA slot
at the required rate.
DRV_ACQ_DOWNFIFO_FULL Computer unable to read data fast enough to stop
camera memory going full.

DRV_SPOOLERROR Overflow of the spool buffer.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Status returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized

See also SetTemperature, StartAcquisition

NOTE: If the status is one of the following:

 DRV_ACCUM_TIME_NOT_MET

 DRV_KINETIC_TIME_NOT_MET

 DRV_ERROR_ACK

 DRV_ACQ_BUFFER

 DRV_ACQ_DOWNFIFO_FULL

then the current acquisition will be aborted automatically.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 199
 FUNCTIONS
GetTECStatus
unsigned int WINAPI GetTECStatus(int * status)

Description This function will return if the TEC has overheated.

Parameters int * status: The status of the TEC

0 Normal

1 Tripped

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED TEC status not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID status has invalid memory address.

See also SetTECEvent

SDK SECTION 11
Page 200
 FUNCTIONS
GetTemperature
unsigned int WINAPI GetTemperature(int* temperature)

Description This function returns the temperature of the detector to the nearest degree. It also gives
the status of cooling process.

Parameters int* temperature: temperature of the detector

Return unsigned int
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_TEMP_OFF Temperature is OFF.
DRV_TEMP_STABILIZED Temperature has stabilized at set point.
DRV_TEMP_NOT_REACHED Temperature has not reached set point.
DRV_TEMP_DRIFT Temperature had stabilized but has since drifted
DRV_TEMP_NOT_STABILIZED Temperature reached but not stabilized

See also GetTemperatureF, SetTemperature, CoolerON, CoolerOFF, GetTemperatureRange

GetTemperatureF
unsigned int WINAPI GetTemperatureF(float* temperature)

Description This function returns the temperature in degrees of the detector. It also gives the status of
cooling process.

Parameters float* temperature: temperature of the detector

Return unsigned int
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_TEMP_OFF Temperature is OFF.
DRV_TEMP_STABILIZED Temperature has stabilized at set point.
DRV_TEMP_NOT_REACHED Temperature has not reached set point.
DRV_TEMP_DRIFT Temperature had stabilised but has since drifted
DRV_TEMP_NOT_STABILIZED Temperature reached but not stabilized

See also GetTemperature, SetTemperature, CoolerON, CoolerOFF, GetTemperatureRange

SDK SECTION 11
Page 201
 FUNCTIONS
GetTemperaturePrecision
unsigned int WINAPI GetTemperaturePrecision(int* precision)

Description This function returns the number of decimal places to which the sensor temperature can
be returned.

Parameters int* precision: number of decimal places

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Temperature precision returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetTemperature, GetTemperatureF, SetTemperature, CoolerON, CoolerOFF

Note Only available with iXon Ultra.

GetTemperatureRange
unsigned int WINAPI GetTemperatureRange(int* mintemp, int* maxtemp)

Description This function returns the valid range of temperatures in centigrade to which the detector
can be cooled.

Parameters int* mintemp: minimum temperature

int* maxtemp: maximum temperature

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Temperature range returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetTemperature, GetTemperatureF, SetTemperature, CoolerON, CoolerOFF

GetTemperatureStatus
unsigned int WINAPI GetTemperatureStatus (float *SensorTemp, float *TargetTemp, float
*AmbientTemp, float *CoolerVolts)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetTotalNumberImagesAcquired
unsigned int WINAPI GetTotalNumberImagesAcquired(long* index)

Description This function will return the total number of images acquired since the current acquisition
started. If the camera is idle the value returned is the number of images acquired during
the last acquisition.

Parameters long* index: returns the total number of images acquired since the acquisition started.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Number of acquired images returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 202
 FUNCTIONS
GetTriggerLevelRange
unsigned int WINAPI GetTriggerLevelRange(float * minimum, float * maximum)

Description This function returns the valid range of triggers in volts which the system can use.

Parameters float * minimum: minimum trigger voltage

float * maximum: maximum trigger voltage

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Levels returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Trigger levels not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID minimum has invalid memory address.
DRV_P2INVALID maximum has invalid memory address.

See also GetCapabilities SetTriggerLevel

GetUSBDeviceDetails
unsigned int WINAPI GetUSBDeviceDetails(WORD * VendorID, WORD * ProductID, WORD *
FirmwareVersion, WORD * SpecificationNumber)

Description This function returns details for the active USB system.

Parameters WORD * VendorID: USB camera vendor ID

WORD * ProductID: USB camera product ID
WORD * FirmwareVersion: USB camera firmware version
WORD * SpecificationNumber: USB camera specification number

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS USB details returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Not a USB system.

See also GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 203
 FUNCTIONS
GetVersionInfo
unsigned int WINAPI GetVersionInfo (AT_VersionInfoId arr, char* szVersionInfo, at_u32
ui32BufferLen)

Description This function retrieves version information about different aspects of the Andor system. The
information is copied into a passed string buffer. Currently, the version of the SDK and the
Device Driver (USB or PCI) is supported.

Parameters AT_VersionInfoId arr:

AT_SDKVersion: requests the SDK version information

AT_DeviceDriverVersion: requests the device driver version

char* szVersionInfo: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the information

at_u32 ui32BufferLen: The size of the passed character array, versionInfo.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Information returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid information type requested
DRV_P2INVALID Storage array pointer is NULL
DRV_P3INVALID Size of the storage array is zero
See also GetHeadModel, GetCameraSerialNumber, GetCameraInformation, GetCapabilities

GetVerticalSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetVerticalSpeed(int index, int* speed)

Description Deprecated see Note:

As your Andor system may be capable of operating at more than one vertical shift speed
this function will return the actual speeds available. The value returned is in
microseconds per pixel shift.

Parameters int index: speed required

Valid values 0 to GetNumberVerticalSpeeds()-1
int* speed: speed in microseconds per pixel shift.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

See also GetNumberVerticalSpeeds, SetVerticalSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by GetVSSpeed.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 204
 FUNCTIONS
GetVirtualDMAAddress
unsigned int WINAPI GetVirtualDMAAddress(void** Address1, void** Address2 )
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

GetVSAmplitudeFromString
unsigned int WINAPI GetVSAmplitudeFromString(char* text, int* index)

Description This Function is used to get the index of the Vertical Clock Amplitude that corresponds to
the string passed in.

Parameters char* text: String to test

Valid values: "Normal" , "+1" , "+2" , "+3" , "+4"
int* index: Returns the Index of the VSAmplitude that matches string passed in

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Vertical Clock Amplitude string Index returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid text.

DRV_P2INVALID Invalid index pointer.

See also GetVSAmplitudeString, GetVSAmplitudeValue

GetVSAmplitudeString
unsigned int WINAPI GetVSAmplitudeString(int index, char * text)

Description This Function is used to get the Vertical Clock Amplitude string that corresponds to the
index passed in.

Parameters int index: Index of VS amplitude required

Valid values 0 to GetNumberVSAmplitudes()-1
char* text: Returns string value of the VS Amplitude found at the index supplied

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Vertical Clock Amplitude string returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

DRV_P2INVALID Invalid text pointer.

See also GetVSAmplitudeFromString, GetVSAmplitudeValue

GetVSAmplitudeValue
unsigned int WINAPI GetVSAmplitudeValue(int index, int * value)

SDK SECTION 11
Page 205
 FUNCTIONS
Description This Function is used to get the value of the Vertical Clock Amplitude found at the index
passed in.

Parameters int index: Index of VS amplitude required

Valid values 0 to GetNumberVSAmplitudes()-1
int* value: Returns Value of Vertical Clock Amplitude that matches index passed in

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Vertical Clock Amplitude value returned
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

DRV_P2INVALID Invalid value pointer.

See also GetVSAmplitudeFromString, GetVSAmplitudeString,

GetVSSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI GetVSSpeed(int index, float* speed)

Description As your Andor SDK system may be capable of operating at more than one vertical shift
speed this function will return the actual speeds available. The value returned is in
microseconds.

Parameters int index: speed required

Valid values 0 to GetNumberVSSpeeds()-1
float* speed: speed in microseconds per pixel shift.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Speed returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.

See also GetNumberVSSpeeds, SetVSSpeed, GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed

SDK SECTION 11
Page 206
 FUNCTIONS
GPIBReceive
unsigned int WINAPI GPIBReceive(int id, short address, char* text, int size)

Description This function reads data from a device until a byte is received with the EOI line asserted
or until size bytes have been read.

Parameters int id: The interface board number

short address: Address of device to send data
char* text: The data to be sent
int size: Number of characters to read

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data received.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pointer (e.g. NULL).
Other errors may be returned by the GPIB device.
Consult the help documentation supplied with these
devices

See also GPIBSend

GPIBSend
unsigned int WINAPI GPIBSend(int id, short address, char* text)

Description This function initializes the GPIB by sending interface clear. Then the device described
by address is put in a listen-active state. Finally the string of characters, text, is sent to
the device with a newline character and with the EOI line asserted after the final
character.

Parameters int id: The interface board number

short address: Address of device to send data
char* text: The data to be sent

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data sent.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pointer (e.g. NULL).
The GPIB device may return other errors. Consult the
help documentation supplied with these devices

See also GPIBReceive

SDK SECTION 11
Page 207
 FUNCTIONS
I2CBurstRead
unsigned int WINAPI I2CBurstRead(BYTE i2cAddress, long nBytes, BYTE* data)

Description This function will read a specified number of bytes from a chosen device attached to the
2
I C data bus.

Parameters BYTE i2cAddress: The address of the device to read from.

long nBytes: The number of bytes to read from the device.
BYTE* data: The data read from the device.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Read successful.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_INIERROR Unable to load “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_COFERROR Unable to load “*.COF”.
DRV_FLEXERROR Unable to load “*.RBF”.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND Could not find the specified device.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT Timed out reading from device.
DRV_UNKNOWN_FUNC Unknown function, incorrect cof file.

See also I2CBurstWrite, I2CRead, I2CWrite, I2cReset

I2CBurstWrite
unsigned int WINAPI I2CBurstWrite(BYTE i2cAddress, long nBytes, BYTE* data)
2
Description This function will write a specified number of bytes to a chosen device attached to the I C
data bus.

Parameters BYTE i2cAddress: The address of the device to write to.

long nBytes: The number of bytes to write to the device.
BYTE* data: The data to write to the device.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Write successful.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_INIERROR Unable to load “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_COFERROR Unable to load “*.COF”.
DRV_FLEXERROR Unable to load “*.RBF”.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND Could not find the specified device.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT Timed out reading from device.
DRV_UNKNOWN_FUNC Unknown function, incorrect cof file.

See also I2CBurstRead, I2CRead, I2CWrite, I2cReset

SDK SECTION 11
Page 208
 FUNCTIONS
I2CRead
unsigned int WINAPI I2CRead(BYTE deviceID, BYTE intAddress, BYTE* pdata)

Description This function will read a single byte from the chosen device.
Parameters BYTE deviceID: The device to read from.
BYTE intAddress: The internal address of the device to be read from.
BYTE* pdata: The byte read from the device.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Read successful.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_INIERROR Unable to load “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_COFERROR Unable to load “*.COF”.
DRV_FLEXERROR Unable to load “*.RBF”.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND Could not find the specified device.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT Timed out reading from device.
DRV_UNKNOWN_FUNC Unknown function, incorrect cof file.

See also I2CBurstWrite, I2CBurstRead, I2CWrite, I2cReset

I2CReset
unsigned int WINAPI I2CReset(void)
2
Description This function will reset the I C data bus.
Parameters
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Reset successful.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_INIERROR Unable to load “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_COFERROR Unable to load “*.COF”.
DRV_FLEXERROR Unable to load “*.RBF”.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT Timed out reading from device.
DRV_UNKNOWN_FUNC Unknown function, incorrect cof file.

See also I2CBurstWrite, I2CBurstRead,I2CRead, I2CWrite

SDK SECTION 11
Page 209
 FUNCTIONS
I2CWrite
unsigned int WINAPI I2CWrite(BYTE deviceID, BYTE intAddress, BYTE data)

Description This function will write a single byte to the chosen device.
Parameters BYTE deviceID: The device to write to.
BYTE intAddress: The internal address of the device to write to.
BYTE data: The byte to be written to the device.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Write successful.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_INIERROR Unable to load “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_COFERROR Unable to load “*.COF”.
DRV_FLEXERROR Unable to load “*.RBF”.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND Could not find the specified device.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT Timed out reading from device.
DRV_UNKNOWN_FUNC Unknown function, incorrect cof file.

See also I2CBurstWrite, I2CBurstRead, I2CRead, I2cReset

IdAndorDll
unsigned int WINAPI IdAndorDll (void)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

InAuxPort
unsigned int WINAPI InAuxPort(int port, int* state)

Description This function returns the state of the TTL Auxiliary Input Port on the Andor plug-in card.

Parameters int port: Number of AUX in port on Andor card

Valid Values 1 to 4
int* state: current state of port
0 OFF/LOW
all other ON/HIGH

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS AUX read.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid port id.

See also OutAuxPort

SDK SECTION 11
Page 210
 FUNCTIONS
Initialize
unsigned int WINAPI Initialize(char* dir)

Description This function will initialize the Andor SDK System. As part of the initialization procedure on
some cameras (i.e. Classic, iStar and earlier iXion) the DLL will need access to a

DETECTOR.INI which contains information relating to the detector head, number pixels,
readout speeds etc. If your system has multiple cameras then see the section Controlling
multiple cameras

Parameters char* dir: Path to the directory containing the files

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Initialisation successful.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_INIERROR Unable to load “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_COFERROR Unable to load “*.COF”.
DRV_FLEXERROR Unable to load “*.RBF”.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_ERROR_FILELOAD Unable to load “*.COF” or “*.RBF” files.
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK Unable to acquire lock on requested memory.
DRV_USBERROR Unable to detect USB device or not USB2.0.
DRV_ERROR_NOCAMERA No camera found

See also GetAvailableCameras, SetCurrentCamera, GetCurrentCamera

InitializeDevice
unsigned int WINAPI InitializeDevice(char * dir)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 211
 FUNCTIONS
IsCoolerOn
unsigned int WINAPI IsCoolerOn (int* iCoolerStatus)

Description This function checks the status of the cooler.

Parameters int* iCoolerStatus: 0: Cooler is OFF.
1: Cooler is ON.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Status returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_P1INVALID Parameter is NULL

See also CoolerON CoolerOFF

IsCountConvertModeAvailable
unsigned int WINAPI IsCountConvertModeAvailable (int mode)

Description This function checks if the hardware and current settings permit the use of the specified
Count Convert mode.

Parameters int mode: Count Convert mode to be checked

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Count Convert mode available.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Count Convert not supported on this camera
DRV_INVALID_COUNTCONVERT_ Count Convert mode not available with
MODE current acquisition settings

See also GetCapabilities, SetCountConvertMode, SetCountConvertWavelength

IsInternalMechanicalShutter
unsigned int WINAPI IsInternalMechanicalShutter (int* InternalShutter)

Description This function checks if an iXon camera has a mechanical shutter installed.
Parameters int* InternalShutter: 0: Mechanical shutter not installed.
1: Mechanical shutter installed.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Internal Shutter state returned
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Not an iXon camera.
DRV_P1INVALID Parameter is NULL

NOTE Available only on iXon.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 212
 FUNCTIONS
IsAmplifierAvailable
unsigned int WINAPI IsAmplifierAvailable(int iamp)

Description This function checks if the hardware and current settings permit the use of the specified
amplifier.

Parameters int iamp: amplifier to check.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Amplifier available

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_INVALID_AMPLIFIER Not a valid amplifier

See also SetHSSpeed

IsReadoutFlippedByAmplifier
unsigned int WINAPI IsReadoutFlippedByAmplifier(int _i_amplifier, int* _i_flipped)

Description On cameras with multiple amplifiers the frame readout may be flipped. This function can
be used to determine if this is the case.

Parameters int _i_amplifier: amplifier to check.

int* _i_flipped: 0: Frame reads left to right.
1: Frame reads right to left.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Flipped status returned.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_INVALID_AMPLIFIER Not a valid amplifier

See also GetNumberAmp, SetOutputAmplifier

NOTE: This will only affect cameras with EM gain capability.

IsPreAmpGainAvailable
unsigned int WINAPI IsPreAmpGainAvailable(int channel, int amplifier, int index, int pa, int* status)

Description This function checks that the AD channel exists, and that the amplifier, speed and gain
are available for the AD channel.

Parameters int channel: AD channel index.

int amplifier: Type of output amplifier.
int index: Channel speed index.
int pa: PreAmp gain index.
int* status: 0: PreAmpGain not available.
1: PreAmpGain Available.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS PreAmpGain status returned.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 213
 FUNCTIONS
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid channel.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid amplifier.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid speed index.
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid gain.

See also GetNumberPreAmpGains, GetPreAmpGain, SetPreAmpGain

NOTE: Available only on iXon.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 214
 FUNCTIONS
IsTriggerModeAvailable
unsigned int WINAPI IsTriggerModeAvailable(int iTriggerMode)

Description This function checks if the hardware and current settings permit the use of the specified
trigger mode.

Parameters int iTriggerMode: Trigger mode to check.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Trigger mode available

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialize
DRV_INVALID_MODE Not a valid mode

See also SetTriggerMode

Merge
unsigned int WINAPI Merge(const at_32* arr, long nOrder, long nPoint, long nPixel, float* coeff, long
fit,long hbin, at_32* output, float* start, float* step)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 215
 FUNCTIONS

OA_AddMode
unsigned int WINAPI OA_AddMode (char* ModeName, unsigned int ModeNameLen, char *
ModeDescription, unsigned int ModeDescriptionLen)

Description This function will add a mode name and description to memory. Note that this will not add
the mode to file, a subsequent call to OA_WriteToFile must be made.
Parameters char* ModeName: A name for the mode to be defined.
unsigned int ModeNameLen: Mode name string length.
char* modeDescription: A description of the user defined mode.
unsigned int ModeDescriptionLen: Mode Description string length.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.
DRV_P3INVALID Null mode description.
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH One or more parameters have an invalid
length, i.e. > 255.

DRV_OA_INVALID_NAMING Mode and description have the same name,

this is not valid.

DRV_OA_MODE_BUFFER_FULL Number of modes exceeds limit.

DRV_OA_INVALID_CHARS_IN_NAME Mode name and/or description contain
invalid characters.

DRV_OA_MODE_ALREADY_EXISTS Mode name already exists in the file.

DRV_OA_INVALID_CHARS_IN_NAME Invalid charcters in Mode Name or Mode

Description

See also OA_DeleteMode, OA_WriteToFile

OA_DeleteMode
unsigned int WINAPI OA_DeleteMode (const char* const ModeName, unsigned int ModeNameLen)

Description This function will remove a mode from memory. To permanently remove a mode from file,
call OA_WriteToFile after OA_DeleteMode. The Preset file will not be affected.
Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode to be removed.
unsigned int ModeNameLen: Mode name string length.
Return unsigned int All parameters accepted
DRV_SUCCESS Null mode name.
DRV_P1INVALID
The mode name parameter has an invalid
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH
length, i.e. > 256.

Mode does not exist.

DRV_OA_MODE_DOES_NOT_EXIST

See also OA_AddMode, OA_WriteToFile

SDK SECTION 11
Page 216
 FUNCTIONS
OA_EnableMode
unsigned int WINAPI OA_EnableMode (const char* const ModeName)

Description This function will set all the parameters associated with the specified mode to be used for all
subsequent acquisitions. The mode specified by the user must be in either the Preset file or
the User defined file.
Parameters const char* const ModeName: The mode to be used for all subsequent acquisitions.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.
DRV_OA_MODE_DOES_NOT_EXIST Mode name does not exist.
DRV_OA_CAMERA_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera not supported.

See also OA_AddMode

OA_GetFloat
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetFloat (const char* const ModeName, const char* const ModeParam,
float* FloatValue)

Description This function is used to get the values for floating point type acquisition parameters.
Values are retrieved from memory for the specified mode name.

Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode for which an acquisition parameter
will be retrieved.
const char* const ModeParam: The name of the acquisition parameter for which
a value will be retrieved.
float* FloatValue: The value of the acquisition parameter.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_P3INVALID Null float value.

See also OA_SetFloat

SDK SECTION 11
Page 217
 FUNCTIONS
OA_GetInt
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetInt (const char* const ModeName, const char* const ModeParam, int*
IntValue)

Description This function is used to get the values for integer type acquisition parameters. Values
are retrieved from memory for the specified mode name.

Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode for which an acquisition parameter
will be retrieved.
const char* const ModeParam: The name of the acquisition parameter for which a value
will be retrieved.
int* IntValue: The buffer to return the value of the acquisition
parameter.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.

DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.

DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_P3INVALID Null integer value.

See also OA_SetInt

OA_GetModeAcqParams
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetModeAcqParams (const char* const ModeName, char * const
ListOfParams)
Description This function will return all acquisition parameters associated with the specified mode.
The mode specified by the user must be in either the Preset file or the User defined file.
The user must allocate enough memory for all of the acquisition parameters.
Parameters const char* const ModeName: The mode for which all acquisition parameters must be
returned.
char * const ListOfParams: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the
acquisition parameters. Parameters will be delimited by a
‘,’.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.
DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_OA_NO_USER_DATA No data for selected mode.

See also OA_GetNumberOfAcqParams

SDK SECTION 11
Page 218
 FUNCTIONS
OA_GetNumberOfAcqParams
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetNumberOfAcqParams (const char* const ModeName, unsigned int*
const NumberOfParams)
Description This function will return the parameters associated with a specified mode. The mode
must be present in either the Preset file or the User defined file.

Parameters const char* const ModeName The mode to search for a list of acquisition
parameters.
unsigned int* const NumberOfParams: The number of acquisition parameters for the
specified mode.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.
DRV_P2INVALID Null number of parameters.
Invalid pointer.
DRV_OA_NULL_ERROR

See also OA_GetModeAcqParams

OA_GetNumberOfPreSetModes
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetNumberOfPreSetModes (unsigned int* const NumberOfModes)
Description This function will return the number of modes defined in the Preset file. The Preset file
must exist.

Parameters unsigned int* const NumberOfModes: The number of modes in the Andor file.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null number of modes.
DRV_OA_NULL_ERROR Invalid pointer.
DRV_OA_BUFFER_FULL Number of modes exceeds limit.

See also OA_GetPreSetModeNames

OA_GetNumberOfUserModes
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetNumberOfUserModes (unsigned int* const NumberOfModes)
Description This function will return the number of modes defined in the User file. The user defined
file must exist.

Parameters unsigned int* const NumberOfModes: The number of modes in the user file.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null number of modes.
DRV_OA_NULL_ERROR Invalid pointer.
DRV_OA_BUFFER_FULL Number of modes exceeds limit.

See also OA_GetUserModeNames

SDK SECTION 11
Page 219
 FUNCTIONS
OA_GetPreSetModeNames
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetPreSetModeNames (char * ListOfModes)
Description This function will return the available mode names from the Preset file. The mode and
the Preset file must exist. The user must allocate enough memory for all of the
acquisition parameters.
Parameters char * ListOfModes: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the mode
names. Mode names will be delimited by a ‘,’.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null list of modes.
DRV_OA_NULL_ERROR Invalid pointer.

See also OA_GetNumberOfPreSetModes

OA_GetString
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetString (const char* const ModeName, const char* const ModeParam,
char* StringValue, const unsigned int StringLen)

Description This function is used to get the values for string type acquisition parameters. Values
are retrieved from memory for the specified mode name.

Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode for which an acquisition
parameter will be retrieved.
const char* const ModeParam: The name of the acquisition parameter for which a value
will be retrieved.
char* StringValue: The buffer to return the value of the acquisition
parameter.
const unsigned int StringLen: The length of the buffer.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.
DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_P3INVALID Null string value.
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid string length

See also OA_SetString

SDK SECTION 11
Page 220
 FUNCTIONS
OA_GetUserModeNames
unsigned int WINAPI OA_GetUserModeNames (char * ListOfModes)
Description This function will return the available mode names from a User defined file. The mode
and the User defined file must exist. The user must allocate enough memory for all of the
acquisition parameters.
Parameters char * ListOfModes: A user allocated array of characters for storage of the mode
names. Mode names will be delimited by a ‘,’.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null list of modes.
DRV_OA_NULL_ERROR Invalid pointer.

See also OA_GetNumberOfUserModes

OA_Initialize
unsigned int WINAPI OA_Initialize (const char * const Filename, unsigned int FileNameLen)
Description This function will initialise the OptAcquire settings from a Preset file and a User defined
file if it exists.

Parameters char* const Filename: The name of a user xml file. If the file exists then data will
be read from the file. If the file does not exist the file name
may be used when the user calls WriteToFile().
unsigned int FileNameLen: The length of the filename.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null filename.
DRV_OA_CAMERA_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera not supported.
DRV_OA_GET_CAMERA_ERROR Unable to retrieve information about the
model of the Camera.
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH The parameter has an invalid length, i.e.
> 255.
DRV_OA_ANDOR_FILE_NOT_LOADED Preset Andor file failed to load.
DRV_OA_USER_FILE_NOT_LOADED Supplied User file failed to load.
DRV_OA_FILE_ACCESS_ERROR Failed to determine status of file.
DRV_OA_PRESET_AND_USER_FILE_N Failed to load Andor and User file.
OT_LOADED

See also OA_WriteToFile

SDK SECTION 11
Page 221
 FUNCTIONS
OA_SetFloat
unsigned int WINAPI OA_SetFloat (const char* const ModeName, const char * ModeParam, const
float FloatValue)

Description This function is used to set values for floating point type acquisition parameters where
the new values are stored in memory. To commit changes to file call WriteToFile().

Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode for which an acquisition parameter
will be edited.
const char * const ModeParam: The name of the acquisition parameter to be edited.
const float FloatValue: The value to assign to the acquisition parameter.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.

DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.

DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH One or more of the string parameters has
an invalid length, i.e. > 255.

DRV_OA_MODE_DOES_NOT_EXIST The Mode does not exist.

See also OA_GetFloat, OA_EnableMode, OA_WriteToFile

OA_SetInt
unsigned int WINAPI OA_SetInt (const char* const ModeName, const char* ModeParam, const int
IntValue)
Description This function is used to set values for integer type acquisition parameters where the
new values are stored in memory. To commit changes to file call WriteToFile().
Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode for which an acquisition parameter
will be edited.
const char* const ModeParam: The name of the acquisition parameter to be edited.
const int IntValue: The value to assign to the acquisition parameter.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.

DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.

DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH One or more of the string parameters has
an invalid length, i.e. > 255.

DRV_OA_MODE_DOES_NOT_EXIST The Mode does not exist.

See also OA_GetInt, OA_EnableMode, OA_WriteToFile

SDK SECTION 11
Page 222
 FUNCTIONS
OA_SetString
unsigned int WINAPI OA_SetString (const char* const ModeName, const char* ModeParam, char*
StringValue, const unsigned int StringLen)

Description This function is used to set values for string type acquisition parameters where the
new values are stored in memory. To commit changes to file call WriteToFile().

Parameters const char* const ModeName: The name of the mode for which an acquisition parameter
is to be edited.
const char* const ModeParam: The name of the acquisition parameter to be edited.
char* StringValue: The value to assign to the acquisition parameter.
const unsigned int StringLen: The length of the input string.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null mode name.
DRV_P2INVALID Null mode parameter.
DRV_P3INVALID Null string value.
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid string length
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH One or more of the string parameters has
an invalid length, i.e. > 255.
DRV_OA_MODE_DOES_NOT_EXIST The Mode does not exist.

See also OA_GetString, OA_EnableMode, OA_WriteToFile

OA_WriteToFile
unsigned int WINAPI OA_WriteToFile (const char * const FileName , unsigned int FileNameLen)

Description This function will write a User defined list of modes to the User file. The Preset file will not
be affected.
Parameters const char* const FileName: The name of the file to be written to.
unsigned int FileNameLen: File name string length.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Null filename
DRV_OA_INVALID_STRING_LENGTH One or more of the string parameters has
an invalid length, i.e. > 255.
DRV_OA_INVALID_FILE Data cannot be written to the Preset Andor
file.
DRV_ERROR_FILESAVE Failed to save data to file.
DRV_OA_FILE_HAS_BEEN_MODIFIED File to be written to has been modified
since last write, local copy of file may not
be the same.
DRV_OA_INVALID_CHARS_IN_NAME File name contains invalid characters.

See also OA_AddMode, OA_DeleteMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 223
 FUNCTIONS
OutAuxPort
unsigned int WINAPI OutAuxPort(int port, int state)

Description This function sets the TTL Auxiliary Output port (P) on the Andor plug-in card to either
ON/HIGH or OFF/LOW.

Parameters int port: Number of AUX out port on Andor card

Valid Values 1 to 4
int state: state to put port in
0 OFF/LOW
all others ON/HIGH

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS AUX port set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid port id.

See also InAuxPort

SDK SECTION 11
Page 224
 FUNCTIONS
PrepareAcquisition
unsigned int WINAPI PrepareAcquisition(void)

Description This function reads the current acquisition setup and allocates and configures any
memory that will be used during the acquisition. The function call is not required as it will
be called automatically by the StartAcquisition function if it has not already been called
externally.

However for long kinetic series acquisitions the time to allocate and configure any
memory can be quite long which can result in a long delay between calling
StartAcquisition and the acquisition actually commencing. For iDus, there is an additional
delay caused by the camera being set-up with any new acquisition parameters. Calling
PrepareAcquisition first will reduce this delay in the StartAcquisition call.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition prepared.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_INIERROR Error reading “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_ACQERROR Acquisition settings invalid.
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK Unable to allocate memory.
DRV_INVALID_FILTER Filter not available for current acquisition.
DRV_IOCERROR Integrate On Chip setup error.
DRV_BINNING_ERROR Range not multiple of horizontal binning.
DRV_SPOOLSETUPERROR Error with spool settings.

See also StartAcquisition, FreeInternalMemory,

SDK SECTION 11
Page 225
 FUNCTIONS
PostProcessCountConvert
unsigned int WINAPI PostProcessCountConvert(at_32 * InputImage, at_32 * OutputImage, int
OutputBufferSize, int NumImages, int Baseline, int Mode, int EmGain, float QE, float Sensitivity, int
Height, int Width)

Description This function will convert the input image data to either Photons or Electrons based on
the mode selected by the user. The input data should be in counts.

Parameters at32* InputImage: The input image data to be processed.

at32* OutputImage: The output buffer to return the processed image.
int OutputBufferSize: The size of the output buffer.
int NumImages: The number of images if a kinetic series is supplied as the input
data.
int Baseline: The baseline associated with the image.
int Mode: The mode to use to process the data. Valid options are:
1 – Convert to Electrons
2 – Convert to Photons
int EmGain: The gain level of the input image.
float QE: The Quantum Efficiency of the sensor.
float Sensitivity: The Sensitivity value used to acquire the image.
int Height: The height of the image.
int Width: The width of the image.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition prepared.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Number of images less than zero.
DRV_P5INVALID Baseline less than zero.
DRV_P6INVALID Invalid count convert mode.
DRV_P7INVALID EMGain less than zero.
DRV_P8INVALID QE less than zero.
DRV_P9INVALID Sensitivity less than zero.
DRV_P10INVALID Height less than zero.
DRV_P11INVALID Width less than zero.
DRV_ERROR_BUFFSIZE Output buffer size too small.

See also

PostProcessDataAveraging
unsigned int WINAPI PostProcessDataAveraging(at_32 * pInputImage, at_32 * pOutputImage, int
iOutputBufferSize, int iNumImages, int iAveragingFilterMode, int iHeight, int iWidth, int iFrameCount,
int iAveragingFactor)

SDK SECTION 11
Page 226
 FUNCTIONS
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 227
 FUNCTIONS
PostProcessNoiseFilter
unsigned int WINAPI PostProcessNoiseFilter(at_32 * InputImage, at_32 * OutputImage, int
OutputBufferSize, int Baseline, int Mode, float Threshold, int Height, int Width)

Description This function will apply a filter to the input image and return the processed image in the
output buffer. The filter applied is chosen by the user by setting Mode to a permitted
value.

Parameters at32* InputImage: The input image data to be processed.

at32* OutputImage: The output buffer to return the processed image.
int OutputBufferSize: The size of the output buffer.
int Baseline: The baseline associated with the image.
int Mode: The mode to use to process the data. Valid options are:
1 – Use Median Filter.
2 – Use Level Above Filter.
3 – Use Interquartile Range Filter.
4 – Use Noise Threshold Filter.
float Threshold: This is the Threshold multiplier for the Median, Interquartile
and Noise Threshold filters. For the Level Above filter this is
Threshold count above the baseline.
int Height: The height of the image.
int Width: The width of the image.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition prepared.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera does not support Noise filter processing.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Baseline less than zero.
DRV_P5INVALID Invalid Filter mode.
DRV_P6INVALID Threshold value not valid for selected mode.
DRV_P7INVALID Height less than zero.
DRV_P8INVALID Width less than zero.
DRV_ERROR_BUFFSIZE Output buffer size too small.

See also

SDK SECTION 11
Page 228
 FUNCTIONS
PostProcessPhotonCounting
unsigned int WINAPI PostProcessPhotonCounting(at_32 * InputImage, at_32 * OutputImage, int
OutputBufferSize, int NumImages, int NumFrames, int NumberOfThresholds, float * Threshold, int
Height, int Width)

Description This function will convert the input image data to photons and return the processed
image in the output buffer.

Parameters at32* InputImage: The input image data to be processed.

at32* OutputImage: The output buffer to return the processed image.
int OutputBufferSize: The size of the output buffer.
int NumImages: The number of images if a kinetic series is supplied as the input
data.
int NumFrames: The number of frames per output image.
int NumberOfThresholds: The number of thresholds provided by the user.
float * Threshold: The Thresholds used to define a photon.
int Height: The height of the image.
int Width: The width of the image.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition prepared.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Number of images less than zero.
DRV_P5INVALID Invalid Number of Frames requested.
DRV_P6INVALID Invalid number of thresholds.
DRV_P7INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P8INVALID Height less than zero.
DRV_P9INVALID Width less than zero.
DRV_ERROR_BUFFSIZE Output buffer size too small.

See also

SDK SECTION 11
Page 229
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsBmp
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsBmp(char* path, char* palette, long ymin, long ymax)

Description This function saves the last acquisition as a bitmap file, which can be loaded into an
imaging package. The palette parameter specifies the location of a .PAL file, which
describes the colors to use in the bitmap. This file consists of 256 lines of ASCII text;
each line containing three numbers separated by spaces indicating the red, green and
blue component of the respective color value.

The ymin and ymax parameters indicate which data values will map to the first and last
colors in the palette:

 All data values below or equal to ymin will be colored with the first color.

 All values above or equal to ymax will be colored with the last color

 All other palette colors will be scaled across values between these limits.

Parameters char* path: The filename of the bitmap.

char* palette: The filename of a palette file (.PAL) for applying color to the bitmap.
long ymin, long ymax: Range of data values that palette will be scaled across. If set to 0,
0 the palette will scale across the full range of values.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved as bitmap.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.

File too large to be generated in memory.
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff

NOTE: If the last acquisition was in Kinetic Series mode, each image will be saved in a separate
Bitmap file. The filename specified will have an index number appended to it, indicating the position
in the series.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 230
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsCalibratedSif
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsCalibratedSif(char* path, int data_type, int unit, float* coeff, float
rayleighWave)
Description This function will save the data from the last acquisition into a file. User text can be added
to sif files using the SaveAsCommentedSif and SetSifComment functions.

Parameters char* path: pointer to a filename specified by the user.

int data_type: the label that will be applied to the x-axis when displayed.
int unit: unit to be used for x-axis when displayed.
float* coeff: the 4 calibration constants for the x-axis for a third order polynomial of the
form
Cal = coeff[0] + coeff[1]*P + coeff[2]*P*P + coeff[3]*P*P*P
where P is the pixel number, starting from 1.
float rayleighWave: Rayleigh wavelength required for a Raman Shift calibration.

Data Type Units

1 = Pixel 1 = pixels
2 = Wavelength 1 = nm; 2 = um; 3 = cm-1, 4 = eV
3 = Raman Shift 1 = cm-1
4 = Position 1 = um; 2 = mm; 3 cm; 4 = ui(nches), 5 in(ches)
5 = Time 1 = ms; 2 = secs

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data saved.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid filename.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid data type.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid units.

See also SetSifComment SaveAsSif SaveAsCommentedSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS

SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SDK SECTION 11
Page 231
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsCommentedSif
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsCommentedSif(char* path, char* comment)

Description This function will save the data from the last acquisition into a file. The comment text will
be added to the user text portion of the Sif file.

Parameters char* path: pointer to a filename specified by the user.

char* comment: comment text to add to the sif file
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Data saved.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid filename.

See also SetSifComment SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC

SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp
NOTE: The comment used in SIF files created with this function is discarded once the call
completes, i.e. future calls to SaveAsSif will not use this comment. To set a persistent comment use
the SetSifComment function.

SaveAsEDF
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsEDF (char* szPath, int iMode)

Description This function saves the last acquisition in the European Synchotron Radiation Facility
Data Format (*.edf).

Parameters char* szPath: the filename to save too.

int iMode: option to save to multiple files.
Valid values: 0 Save to 1 file
1 Save kinetic series to multiple files

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid mode
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory.

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SDK SECTION 11
Page 232
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsFITS
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsFITS (char* szFileTitle, int typ)

Description This function saves the last acquisition in the FITS (Flexible Image Transport System)
Data Format (*.fits) endorsed by NASA.

Parameters char* szFileTitle: the filename to save too.

int typ:
Valid values: 0 Unsigned 16
1 Unsigned 32
2 Signed 16
3 Signed 32
4 Float

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid mode
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory.

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SaveAsRaw
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsRaw(char* szFileTitle, int typ)
Description This function saves the last acquisition as a raw data file.

Parameters char* szFileTitle: the filename to save too.

int typ:
Valid values: 1 Signed 16
2 Signed 32
3 Float
Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid mode
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SDK SECTION 11
Page 233
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsSif
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsSif(char* path)

Description This function will save the data from the last acquisition into a file, which can be read in
by the main application. User text can be added to sif files using the
SaveAsCommentedSif and SetSifComment functions.

Parameters char* path: pointer to a filename specified by the user.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Data saved.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid filename.

DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory.

See also SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SetSifComment, SaveAsCommentedSif

SDK SECTION 11
Page 234
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsSPC
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsSPC (char* path)

Description This function saves the last acquisition in the GRAMS .spc file format

Parameters char* path: the filename to save too.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory.

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SaveAsTiff
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsTiff(char* path, char* palette, int position, int typ)
Description This function saves the last acquisition as a tiff file, which can be loaded into an imaging
package. The palette parameter specifies the location of a .PAL file, which describes the
colors to use in the tiff. This file consists of 256 lines of ASCII text; each line containing
three numbers separated by spaces indicating the red, green and blue component of the
respective color value.

The parameter position can be changed to export different scans in a kinetic series. If the
acquisition is any other mode, position should be set to 1. The parameter typ can be set
to 0, 1 or 2 which correspond to 8-bit, 16-bit and color, respectively

Parameters char* path: The filename of the tiff.

char* palette: The filename of a palette file (.PAL) for applying color to the tiff.
int position: The number in the series, should be 1 for a single scan.
int typ: The type of tiff file to create.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved as tiff.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid palette file
DRV_P3INVALID position out of range
DRV_P4INVALID type not valid

DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory.

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsBmp

SaveAsTiffEx

SDK SECTION 11
Page 235
 FUNCTIONS
SaveAsTiffEx
unsigned int WINAPI SaveAsTiffEx(char* path, char* palette, int position, int typ, int mode)
Description This function saves the last acquisition as a tiff file, which can be loaded into an imaging
package. This is an extended version of the SaveAsTiff function. The palette parameter
specifies the location of a .PAL file, which describes the colors to use in the tiff. This file
consists of 256 lines of ASCII text; each line containing three numbers separated by
spaces indicating the red, green and blue component of the respective color value. The
parameter position can be changed to export different scans in a kinetic series. If the
acquisition is any other mode, position should be set to 1. The parameter typ can be set to
0, 1 or 2 which correspond to 8-bit, 16-bit and color, respectively. The mode parameter
specifies the mode of output. Data can be output scaled from the min and max count
values across the entire range of values (mode 0) or can remain unchanged (mode 1).Of
course if the count value is higher or lower than the output data range then even in mode 1
data will be scaled.

Parameters char* path: The filename of the tiff.

char* palette: The filename of a palette file (.PAL) for applying color to the tiff.

int position: The number in the series, should be 1 for a single scan.

int typ: The type of tiff file to create.

int mode: The output mode

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Data successfully saved as tiff
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Path invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid palette file
DRV_P3INVALID position out of range
DRV_P4INVALID type not valid

DRV_P5INVALID mode not valid

DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK File too large to be generated in memory

See also SaveAsSif SaveAsEDF SaveAsFITS SaveAsRaw SaveAsSPC SaveAsTiff SaveAsBmp

SDK SECTION 11
Page 236
 FUNCTIONS
SaveEEPROMToFile
unsigned int WINAPI SaveEEPROMToFile(char *cFileName)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SaveToClipBoard
unsigned int WINAPI SaveToClipBoard(char* palette)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SelectDevice
unsigned int WINAPI SelectDevice(int devNum)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SelectSensorPort
unsigned int WINAPI SelectSensorPort (int port)

Description This function selects which of the available sensor output ports will be used to acquire the
image data. This feature is only supported when “SinglePortMode” has been selected
(SetSensorPortMode).

Parameters int port: the port selected.

Valid values:

0 Bottom Left
1 Bottom Right
2 Top Left
3 Top Right

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Port successfully selected.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported on this camera or

“SinglePortMode” hasn’t been selected.

DRV_P1INVALID Requested port isn’t valid.

See also SetSensorPortMode, GetCapabilities

NOTE Not all cameras support this feature. To check if your camera supports this feature
use the GetCapabilities function to check the ulFeature for
AC_FEATURES_SENSOR_PORT_CONFIGURATION.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 237
 FUNCTIONS
SendSoftwareTrigger
unsigned int WINAPI SendSoftwareTrigger ()

Description This function sends an event to the camera to take an acquisition when in Software
Trigger mode. Not all cameras have this mode available to them. To check if your camera
can operate in this mode check the GetCapabilities function for the Trigger Mode
AC_TRIGGERMODE_CONTINUOUS. If this mode is physically possible and other
settings are suitable (IsTriggerModeAvailable) and the camera is acquiring then this
command will take an acquisition.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Trigger sent
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_INVALID_MODE Not in SoftwareTrigger mode
DRV_IDLE Not Acquiring
DRV_ERROR_CODES Error communicating with camera
DRV_ERROR_ACK Previous acquisition not complete

See also GetCapabilities, IsTriggerModeAvailable, SetAcquisitionMode, SetReadMode,

SetTriggerMode

NOTES The settings of the camera must be as follows:

ReadOut mode is full image
RunMode is Run Till Abort
TriggerMode is 10

SDK SECTION 11
Page 238
 FUNCTIONS
SetAccumulationCycleTime
unsigned int WINAPI SetAccumulationCycleTime(float time)
Description This function will set the accumulation cycle time to the nearest valid value not less than
the given value. The actual cycle time used is obtained by GetAcquisitionTimings. Please
refer to SECTION 5 – ACQUISITION MODES for further information.

Parameters float time: the accumulation cycle time in seconds.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Cycle time accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Exposure time invalid.

See also SetNumberAccumulations, GetAcquisitionTimings

SetAcqStatusEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetAcqStatusEvent(HANDLE statusEvent)
Description This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the driver via which the driver can inform
the user software that the camera has started exposing or that the camera has finished
exposing. To determine what event has actually occurred call the
GetCameraEventStatus funtion. This may give the user software an opportunity to
perform other actions that will not affect the readout of the current acquisition. The
SetPCIMode function must be called to enable/disable the events from the driver.

Parameters HANDLE statusEvent: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Mode set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Function not supported for operating system

See also GetCameraEventStatus SetPCIMode

NOTE This is only available with the CCI23 PCI card.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 239
 FUNCTIONS
SetAcquisitionMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetAcquisitionMode(int mode)

Description This function will set the acquisition mode to be used on the next StartAcquisition.
Parameters int mode: the acquisition mode.
Valid values:
1 Single Scan
2 Accumulate
3 Kinetics
4 Fast Kinetics
5 Run till abort

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Acquisition Mode invalid.

See also StartAcquisition

NOTE: In Mode 5 the system uses a “Run Till Abort” acquisition mode. In Mode 5 only, the camera
continually acquires data until the AbortAcquisition function is called. By using the SetDriverEvent
function you will be notified as each acquisition is completed.

SetAcquisitionType
unsigned int WINAPI SetAcquisitionType (int typ)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetADChannel
unsigned int WINAPI SetADChannel(int channel)

Description This function will set the AD channel to one of the possible A-Ds of the system. This AD
channel will be used for all subsequent operations performed by the system.

Parameters int index: the channel to be used

Valid values: 0 to GetNumberADChannels-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS AD channel set.
DRV_P1INVALID Index is out off range.

See also GetNumberADChannels

SDK SECTION 11
Page 240
 FUNCTIONS
SetAdvancedTriggerModeState
unsigned int WINAPI SetAdvancedTriggerModeState (int iState)

Description This function will set the state for the iCam functionality that some cameras are capable
of. There may be some cases where we wish to prevent the software using the new
functionality and just do it the way it was previously done.

Parameters int iState:

0: turn off iCam

1: Enable iCam.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_P1INVALID state invalid

See also iCam

NOTE By default the advanced trigger functionality is enabled.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 241
 FUNCTIONS
SetBackground
unsigned int WINAPI SetBackground(at_32* arr, unsigned long size)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetBaselineClamp
unsigned int WINAPI SetBaselineClamp(int state)

Description This function turns on and off the baseline clamp functionality. With this feature enabled
the baseline level of each scan in a kinetic series will be more consistent across the
sequence.

Parameters int state: Enables/Disables Baseline clamp functionality

1 – Enable Baseline Clamp

0 – Disable Baseline Clamp

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Baseline Clamp not supported on this camera
DRV_P1INVALID State parameter was not zero or one.

SetBaselineOffset
unsigned int WINAPI SetBaselineOffset(int offset)

Description This function allows the user to move the baseline level by the amount selected. For
example “+100” will add approximately 100 counts to the default baseline value. The
value entered should be a multiple of 100 between -1000 and +1000 inclusively.

Parameters Int offset: Amount to offset baseline by

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Baseline Clamp not available for this camera
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress
DRV_P1INVALID Offset out of range

NOTE Only available on iXon range

SDK SECTION 11
Page 242
 FUNCTIONS

SetBitsPerPixel
unsigned int WINAPI SetBitsPerPixel (int value)

Description This function will set the size in bits of the dynamic range for the current shift speed.

Parameters int value: the dynamic range in bits (Typically 16 or 18).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Bit depth set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Variable bit depth not available for this camera.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Bit depth out of range.

See also SetHSSpeed, SetADChannel, GetCapabilities, GetBitsPerPixel

NOTE Only available on iKon-XL range.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 243
 FUNCTIONS
SetCameraLinkMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetCameraLinkMode (int mode)

Description This function allows the user to enable or disable the Camera Link functionality for the
camera. Enabling this functionality will start to stream all acquired data through the
camera link interface.

Parameters int mode: Enables/Disables Camera Link mode

1 – Enable Camera Link

0 – Disable Camera Link

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera Link not supported by this Camera
DRV_P1INVALID Mode was not zero or one.

NOTE Only available with iXon Ultra.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 244
 FUNCTIONS
SetCameraStatusEnable
unsigned int WINAPI SetCameraStatusEnable(DWORD Enable)

Description Use this function to Mask out certain types of acquisition status events. The default is to
notify on every type of event but this may cause missed events if different types of event
occur very close together. The bits in the mask correspond to the following event types:

0 – Fire pulse down event

1 – Fire pulse up event

Set the corresponding bit to 0 to disable the event type and 1 to enable the event type.

Parameters DWORD Enable: bitmask with bits set for those events about which you wish to be
notified.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Mask Set.

DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED Device Driver not installed.

See also SetAcqStatusEvent SetPCIMode

NOTE Only available with PCI systems using the CCI-23 controller card

Fire pulse up event not available on USB systems.

SetChargeShifting
unsigned int WINAPI SetChargeShifting (unsigned int numRows, unsigned int numRepeats)

Description Use this function in External Charge Shifting trigger mode to configure how many rows to
shift and how many times for each frame of data. The number of repeats must be a
multiple of 2.

Parameters Unsigned int numRows: number of rows to shift after each external trigger
Unsigned int numRepeats: number of times to shift rows

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Success
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Trigger mode not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of rows invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Number of repeats invalid.

See also SetTriggerMode GetCapabilities

NOTE Only available with certain iKon-M systems.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 245
 FUNCTIONS
SetComplexImage
unsigned int WINAPI SetComplexImage(int numAreas, int* areas)

Description This is a function that allows the setting up of random tracks with more options that the
SetRandomTracks function.
The minimum number of tracks is 1. The maximum number of tracks is the number of
vertical pixels.
There is a further limit to the number of tracks that can be set due to memory constraints
in the camera. It is not a fixed number but depends upon the combinations of the tracks.
For example, 20 tracks of different heights will take up more memory than 20 tracks of
the same height.
If attempting to set a series of random tracks and the return code equals
DRV_RANDOM_TRACK_ERROR, change the makeup of the tracks to have more
repeating heights and gaps so less memory is needed.
Each track must be defined by a group of six integers.
-The top and bottom positions of the tracks.
-The left and right positions for the area of interest within each track
-The horizontal and vertical binning for each track.
The positions of the tracks are validated to ensure that the tracks are in increasing order.

The left and right positions for each track must be the same.
For iXon the range is between 8 and CCD width, inclusive
For idus the range must be between 257 and CCD width, inclusive.
Horizontal binning must be an integer between 1 and 64 inclusive, for iXon.
Horizontal binning is not implementated for iDus and must be set to 1.
Vertical binning is used in the following way. A track of:
1 10 1 1024 1 2
is actually implemented as 5 tracks of height 2. . Note that a vertical binning of 1 will have
the effect of vertically binning the entire track; otherwise vertical binning will operate as
normal.
1 2 1 1024 1 1
3 4 1 1024 1 1
5 6 1 1024 1 1
7 8 1 1024 1 1
9 10 1 1024 1 1
Parameters int numAreas:
int * areas:

Return Unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Success
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of tracks invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Track positions invalid.
DRV_ERROR_FILELOAD Serious internal error
DRV_RANDOM_TRACK_ERROR Invalid combination of tracks, out of memory or
mode not available.

See also SetRandomTracks

NOTE Only available with iXon+ and USB cameras.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 246
 FUNCTIONS
SetCoolerMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetCoolerMode(int mode)

Description This function determines whether the cooler is switched off when the camera is shut
down.
Parameters int mode:

1 – Temperature is maintained on ShutDown

0 – Returns to ambient temperature on ShutDown

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_P1INVALID State parameter was not zero or one.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera does not support

NOTE: Mode 0 not available on Luca R cameras – always cooled to -20.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 247
 FUNCTIONS
SetCountConvertMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetCountConvertMode(int mode)

Description This function configures the Count Convert mode.

Parameters int mode:

0 – Data in Counts
1 – Data in Electrons
2 – Data in Photons

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Count Convert mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Count Convert not available for this camera
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Count Convert mode not available with current settings
DRV_P1INVALID Mode parameter was out of range.

See also GetCapabilities, SetCountConvertWavelength

NOTE: Only available on Clara, iXon 3 and iXon Ultra.

Modes 1 and 2 are only available when:

 Baseline Clamp active

 Isolated crop mode off

 EM gain must be greater than or equal to 10 and the lowest pre-amp not be
selected

 For Clara systems the extended infra red mode can not be used

SetCountConvertWavelength
unsigned int WINAPI SetCountConvertWavelength(float wavelength)

Description This function configures the wavelength used in Count Convert mode.

Parameters float wavelength: wavelength used to determine QE

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Count Convert wavelength set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Count Convert not available for this camera
DRV_P1INVALID Wavelength value was out of range.

See also GetCapabilities, SetCountConvertMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 248
 FUNCTIONS
SetCropMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetCropMode (int active, int cropHeight, int reserved)

Description This function effectively reduces the height of the CCD by excluding some rows to
achieve higher frame rates. This is currently only available on Newton cameras when the
selected read mode is Full Vertical Binning. The cropHeight is the number of active rows
measured from the bottom of the CCD.

Note: it is important to ensure that no light falls on the excluded region otherwise the
acquired data will be corrupted.

Parameters int active: 1 - Crop mode is ON

0 – Crop mode is OFF
int cropHeight: The selected crop height. This value must be between 1 and the CCD
height
int reserved: This value should be set to 0.
Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.

DRV_NOT_INITIAILIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Active parameter is not zero or one.
DRV_P2INVALID Cropheight parameter is less than one or greater than
the CCD height.
DRV_P3INVALID Reserved parameter is not equal to zero.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Either the camera is not a Newton or the read mode is
not Full Vertical Binning.

See also GetDetector SetIsolatedCropMode

NOTE : Available on Newton

SDK SECTION 11
Page 249
 FUNCTIONS
SetCurrentCamera
unsigned int WINAPI SetCurrentCamera(long cameraHandle)

Description When multiple Andor cameras are installed this function allows the user to select which
camera is currently active. Once a camera has been selected the other functions can be
called as normal but they will only apply to the selected camera. If only 1 camera is
installed calling this function is not required since that camera will be selected by default.

Parameters long cameraHandle: Selects the active camera

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Camera successfully selected.

DRV_P1INVALID Invalid camera handle.

SEE ALSO : GetCurrentCamera, GetAvailableCameras, GetCameraHandle

SetCustomTrackHBin
unsigned int WINAPI SetCustomTrackHBin(int bin)

Description This function sets the horizontal binning value to be used when the readout mode is set
to Random Track.

Parameters Int bin: Binning size.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Binning set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid binning size.

See also SetReadMode

NOTE: For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 250
 FUNCTIONS
SetDACOutputScale
unsigned int WINAPI SetDACOutputScale(int scale)

Description Clara offers 2 configurable precision 16-bit DAC outputs. This function should be used to
select the active one.

Parameters int scale: 5 or 10 volt DAC range (1/2).

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS DAC Scale option accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available
DRV_P1INVALID DAC Scale value invalid.

See also SetDACOutput

NOTE: Only available on Andor Clara

SetDACOutput
unsigned int WINAPI SetDACOutput(int option, int resolution, int value)

Description Clara offers 2 configurable precision 16-bit DAC outputs. This function should be used to
set the required voltage.

Parameters int option: DAC Output DAC Pin 1 or 2 (1/2).

int resolution: resolution of DAC can be set from 2 to 16-bit in steps of 2
int value: requested DAC value (for particular resolution)
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS DAC Scale option accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.
DRV_P1INVALID DAC range value invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Resolution unavailable.
DRV_P3INVALID Requested value not within DAC range.

See also SetDACOutputScale

NOTE: Only available on Andor Clara

SDK SECTION 11
Page 251
 FUNCTIONS
SetDataType
unsigned int WINAPI SetDataType (int typ)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGAddress
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGAddress(BYTE t0, BYTE t1, BYTE t2, BYTE t3, BYTE address)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGExternalOutputEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGExternalOutputEnabled(at_u32 Index, at_u32 Enabled)

Description This function sets the state of a selected external output.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u32 Enabled: state of external output (0 – Off,1 – On).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid state.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 252
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGExternalOutputPolarity
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGExternalOutputPolarity(at_u32 Index, at_u32 Polarity)

Description This function sets the polarity of a selected external output.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u32 Polarity: polarity of external output (0 – Positive,1 – Negative).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Polarity set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid state.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled GetDDGExternalOutputPolarity

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

SetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled(at_u32 Index, at_u32 Enabled)

Description Each external output has the option to track the gate step applied to the gater. This
function can be used to set the state of this option.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u32 Enabled: state of external output track step (0 – Off,1 – On).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS State set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid state.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled GetDDGExternalOutputStepEnabled

NOTE: Available on USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 253
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGExternalOutputTime
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGExternalOutputTime(at_u32 Index, at_u64 Delay, at_u64 Width)

Description This function can be used to set the timings for a particular external output.

Parameters at_u32 Index: index of external output.

at_u64 Delay: external output delay time in picoseconds.
at_u64 Width: external output width time in picoseconds.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Timings set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED External outputs not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid external output index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid delay.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid width.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGExternalOutputEnabled GetDDGExternalOutputTime

NOTE: Available in USB iStar.

SetDDGGain
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGGain(int gain)

Description Deprecated for SetMCPGain.

SetDDGGateStep
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGGateStep(double step)

Description This function will set a constant value for the gate step in a kinetic series. The lowest
available resolution is 25 picoseconds and the maximum permitted value is 25 seconds.

Parameters double step: gate step in picoseconds.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Gate step set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Gate step invalid.

See also SetDDGTimes, SetDDGVariableGateStep

NOTE: Available on iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 254
 FUNCTIONS

SDK SECTION 11
Page 255
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGGateTime
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGGateTime(at_u64 Delay, at_u64 Width)

Description This function can be used to set the gate timings for a USB iStar.

Parameters at_u64 Delay: gate delay time in picoseconds.

at_u64 Width: gate width time in picoseconds.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Timings set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED USB iStar not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid delay.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid width.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGGateTime

SetDDGInsertionDelay
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGInsertionDelay(int state)

Description This function controls the length of the insertion delay.

Parameters int state: NORMAL/FAST switch for insertion delay.
Valid values: 0 to set normal insertion delay.
1 to set fast insertion delay.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Value for delay accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I2C command timed out.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I2C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIntelligate

SDK SECTION 11
Page 256
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGIntelligate
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGIntelligate(int state)

Description This function controls the MCP gating. Not available when the fast insertion delay option
is selected.

Parameters int state: ON/OFF switch for the MCP gating.

Valid values: 0 to switch MCP gating OFF.
1 to switch MCP gating ON.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Intelligate option accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I2C command timed out.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I2C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGInsertionDelay

SetDDGIOC
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGIOC(int state)

Description This function activates the integrate on chip (IOC) option.

Parameters int integrate: ON/OFF switch for the IOC option.
Valid values: 0 to switch IOC OFF.
1 to switch IOC ON.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IOC option accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOCFrequency GetDDGIOCFrequency SetDDGIOCNumber

GetDDGIOCNumber GetDDGIOCPulses

SDK SECTION 11
Page 257
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGIOCFrequency
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGIOCFrequency(double frequency)

Description This function sets the frequency of the integrate on chip option. It should be called once
the conditions of the experiment have been setup in order for correct operation. The
frequency should be limited to 5000Hz when Intelligate is activated to prevent damage to
the head and 50000Hz otherwise to prevent the gater from overheating. The
recommended order is
…
Experiment setup (exposure time, readout mode, gate parameters, …)
…
SetDDGIOCFrequency (x)
SetDDGIOC(true)
GetDDGIOCPulses(y)
StartAcquisition()

Parameters double frequency: frequency of IOC option in Hz.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Value for frequency accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also GetDDGIOCFrequency SetDDGIOCNumber GetDDGIOCNumber GetDDGIOCPulses

SetDDGIOC

SDK SECTION 11
Page 258
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGIOCNumber
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGIOCNumber(unsigned long numberPulses)
Description This function allows the user to limit the number of pulses used in the integrate on chip
option at a given frequency. It should be called once the conditions of the experiment
have been setup in order for correct operation.

Parameters unsigned long numberPulses: the number of integrate on chip pulses triggered within the
fire pulse.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Value for IOC number accepted

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card

See also SetDDGIOCFrequency GetDDGIOCFrequency GetDDGIOCNumber GetDDGIOCPulses

SetDDGIOC

SetDDGIOCPeriod
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGIOCPeriod(at_u64 period)

Description This function can be used to set the IOC period that will be triggered. It should only be
called once all the conditions of the experiment have been defined.

Parameters at_u64 period: the period of integrate on chip pulses triggered within the fire pulse.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS IOC period set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid period.

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGIOC GetDDGIOCPeriod

SDK SECTION 11
Page 259
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGIOCTrigger
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGIOCTrigger(at_u32 trigger)
This function can be used to select whether to trigger the IOC pulse train with either the
rising edge of the fire pulse or an externally supplied trigger.
at_u32 trigger: IOC trigger option.
Valid values: 0 fire pulse.
1 external trigger.

unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IOC trigger set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED IOC not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid trigger.

GetCapabilities GetDDGIOCTrigger SetDDGIOC SetTriggerMode

SetDDGLiteControlByte
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGLiteControlByte(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, unsigned char
control)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGLiteGlobalControlByte
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGLiteGlobalControlByte(unsigned char control)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGLiteInitialDelay
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGLiteInitialDelay(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, float fDelay)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGLiteInterPulseDelay
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGLiteInterPulseDelay(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, float fDelay)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGLitePulsesPerExposure
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGLitePulsesPerExposure(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, at_u32
ui32Pulses)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetDDGLitePulseWidth
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGLitePulseWidth(AT_DDGLiteChannelId channel, float fWidth)

SDK SECTION 11
Page 260
 FUNCTIONS
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 261
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled(at_u32 Enabled)

Description This function can be used to configure a system to use optical gate width.

Parameters at_u32 Enabled: optical gate width option (0 – Off, 1 – On).

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS State set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Optical gate width not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid state.

See also GetCapabilities GetDDGTTLGateWidth GetDDGOpticalWidthEnabled

SetDDGStepCoefficients
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGStepCoefficients(at_u32 mode, double p1, double p2)

Description This function will configure the coefficients used in a kinetic series with gate step active.
The lowest available resolution is 25 picoseconds and the maximum permitted value is
25 seconds for a PCI iStar.

The lowest available resolution is 10 picoseconds and the maximum permitted value is
10 seconds for a USB iStar.

Parameters at_u32mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant (p1*(n-1)).

1 exponential (p1*exp(p2*n)).
2 logarithmic (p1*log(p2*n)).
3 linear (p1 + p2*n).
n = 1, 2, …, number in kinetic series

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode coefficients set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Gate step mode invalid.

See also StartAcquisition SetDDGStepMode GetDDGStepMode GetDDGStepCoefficients

NOTE: Available on iStar and USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 262
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGStepMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGStepMode(at_u32 mode)

Description This function will set the current gate step mode.

Parameters at_u32 mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant.

1 exponential.
2 logarithmic.
3 linear.
100 off.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Gate step not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid gate step mode.

See also StartAcquisition GetDDGStepMode SetDDGStepCoefficients GetDDGStepCoefficients

SetDDGTimes
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGTimes(double t0, double t1, double t2)

Description This function sets the properties of the gate pulse. t0 has a resolution of 16 nanoseconds
whilst t1 and t2 have a resolution of 25 picoseconds.

Parameters double t0: output A delay in nanoseconds.

double t1: gate delay in picoseconds.
double t2: pulse width in picoseconds.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Values for gate pulse accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I2C command timed out.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I2C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid output A delay.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid gate delay.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pulse width.

See also SetDDGGateStep

NOTE: Available on iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 263
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGTriggerMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGTriggerMode(int mode)

Description This function will set the trigger mode of the internal delay generator to either Internal or
External

Parameters int mode: trigger mode

Valid values:
0 Internal
1 External

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Trigger mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Trigger mode invalid.

NOTE: Available on iStar.

SetDDGVariableGateStep
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGVariableGateStep(int mode, double p1, double p2)

Description This function will set a varying value for the gate step in a kinetic series. The lowest
available resolution is 25 picoseconds and the maximum permitted value is 25 seconds.

Parameters int mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 1 Exponential (p1*exp(p2*n))
2 Logarithmic (p1*log(p2*n))
3 Linear (p1 + p2*n)
n = 1, 2, …, number in kinetic series

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Gate step mode invalid.

See also StartAcquisition

NOTE: Available on iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 264
 FUNCTIONS
SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients(at_u32 mode, double p1, double p2)

Description This function will configure the coefficients used in a kinetic series with gate width step
active. The lowest available resolution is 25 picoseconds and the maximum permitted
value is 25 seconds for a PCI iStar.

The lowest available resolution is 10 picoseconds and the maximum permitted value is
10 seconds for a USB iStar.

Parameters at_u32mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant (p1*(n-1)).

1 exponential (p1*exp(p2*n)).
2 logarithmic (p1*log(p2*n)).
3 linear (p1 + p2*n).
n = 1, 2, …, number in kinetic series

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode coefficients set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Gate step mode invalid.

See also SetDDGWidthStepMode GetDDGWidthStepMode GetDDGWidthStepCoefficients

SetDDGWidthStepMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetDDGWidthStepMode(at_u32 mode)

Description This function will set the current gate width step mode.

Parameters at_u32 mode: the gate step mode.

Valid values: 0 constant.

1 exponential.
2 logarithmic.
3 linear.
100 off.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gate step mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Gate step not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid gate step mode.

See also SetDDGWidthStepCoefficients GetDDGWidthStepMode GetDDGWidthStepCoefficients

SDK SECTION 11
Page 265
 FUNCTIONS
SetDelayGenerator
unsigned int WINAPI SetDelayGenerator(int board, short address, int typ)

Description This function sets parameters to control the delay generator through the GPIB card in
your computer.

Parameters int board: The GPIB board number of the card used to interface with the Delay
Generator.
short address: The number that allows the GPIB board to identify and send commands to
the delay generator.
Int typ: The type of your Delay Generator.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Delay Generator set up.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID GPIB board invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID GPIB address invalid
DRV_P3INVALID Delay generator type invalid.

See also SetGate

NOTE: Available on ICCD.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 266
 FUNCTIONS
SetDMAParameters
unsigned int WINAPI SetDMAParameters(int MaxImagesPerDMA, float SecondsPerDMA)

Description In order to facilitate high image readout rates the controller card may wait for multiple
images to be acquired before notifying the SDK that new data is available. Without this
facility, there is a chance that hardware interrupts may be lost as the operating system
does not have enough time to respond to each interrupt. The drawback to this is that you
will not get the data for an image until all images for that interrupt have been acquired.

There are 3 settings involved in determining how many images will be acquired for each
notification (DMA Interrupt) of the controller card and they are as follows:

1. The size of the DMA buffer gives an upper limit on the number of images that
can be stored within it and is usually set to the size of one full image when
installing the software. This will usually mean that if you acquire full frames there
will never be more than one image per DMA.

2. A second setting that is used is the minimum amount of time (SecondsPerDMA)

that should expire between interrupts. This can be used to give an indication of
the reponsiveness of the operating system to interrupts. Decreasing this value
will allow more interrupts per second and should only be done for faster pcs. The
default value is 0.03s (30ms), finding the optimal value for your pc can only be
done through experimentation.

3. The third setting is an overide to the number of images calculated using the
previous settings. If the number of images per dma is calculated to be greater
than MaxImagesPerDMA then it will be reduced to MaxImagesPerDMA. This can
be used to, for example, ensure that there is never more than 1 image per DMA
by setting MaxImagesPerDMA to 1. Setting MaxImagesPerDMA to zero removes
this limit. Care should be taken when modifying these parameters as missed
interrupts may prevent the acquisition from completing.

Parameters int MaxImagesPerDMA: Override to the number of images per DMA if the calculated
value is higher than this. (Default=0, ie. no override)
float SecondsPerDMA: Minimum amount of time to elapse between interrrupts.
(Default=0.03s)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS DMA Parameters setup successfully.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID MaxImagesPerDMA invalid
DRV_P2INVALID SecondsPerDMA invalid

SDK SECTION 11
Page 267
 FUNCTIONS
SetDriverEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetDriverEvent(HANDLE driverEvent)

Description This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the SDK via which the the user software
can be informed that something has occurred. For example the SDK can “set” the event
when an acquisition has completed thus relieving the user code of having to continually
pole to check on the status of the acquisition.
The event will be “set” under the follow conditions:
1) Acquisition completed or aborted.
2) As each scan during an acquisition is completed.
3) Temperature as stabilized, drifted from stabilization or could not be reached.
When an event is triggered the user software can then use other SDK functions to
determine what actually happened.

Condition 1 and 2 can be tested via GetStatus function, while condition 3 checked via
GetTemperature function.
You must reset the event after it has been handled in order to receive additional triggers.
Before deleting the event you must call SetDriverEvent with NULL as the parameter.

Parameters HANDLE driverEvent: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Event set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Function not supported for operating system

See also GetStatus GetTemperature GetAcquisitionProgress

NOTE: Not all programming environments allow the use of multiple threads and WIN32 events.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 268
 FUNCTIONS
SetDualExposureMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetDualExposureMode(int mode)

Description This function turns on and off the option to acquire 2 frames for each external trigger
pulse. This mode is only available for certain sensors in run till abort mode, external
trigger, full image.

Parameters int state: Enables/Disables dual exposure mode

1 – Enable mode
0 – Disable mode

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Dual exposure mode not supported on this camera.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Mode parameter was not zero or one.

See also GetCapabilities, SetDualExposureTimes, GetDualExposureTimes

SetDualExposureTimes
unsigned int WINAPI SetDualExposureTimes(float exposure1, float exposure2)

Description This function configures the two exposure times used in dual exposure mode. This mode
is only available for certain sensors in run till abort mode, external trigger, full image.

Parameters float exposure1: the exposure time in seconds for each odd numbered frame.
float exposure2: the exposure time in seconds for each even numbered frame.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Dual exposure mode not supported on this camera.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID First exposure out of range.
DRV_P2INVALID Second exposure out of range.

See also GetCapabilities, SetDualExposureMode, GetDualExposureTimes

SDK SECTION 11
Page 269
 FUNCTIONS
SetEMAdvanced
unsigned int WINAPI SetEMAdvanced(int state)

Description This function turns on and off access to higher EM gain levels within the SDK. Typically,
optimal signal to noise ratio and dynamic range is achieved between x1 to x300 EM Gain.
Higher gains of > x300 are recommended for single photon counting only. Before using
higher levels, you should ensure that light levels do not exceed the regime of tens of
photons per pixel, otherwise accelerated ageing of the sensor can occur.

Parameters int state: Enables/Disables access to higher EM gain levels

1 – Enable access
0 – Disable access

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Advanced EM gain not available for this camera.
DRV_ACQUIRING. Acquisition in progress.

DRV_P1INVALID State parameter was not zero or one.

See also GetCapabilities, GetEMCCDGain, SetEMCCDGain, SetEMGainMode

SetEMCCDGain
unsigned int WINAPI SetEMCCDGain(int gain)

Description Allows the user to change the gain value. The valid range for the gain depends on what
gain mode the camera is operating in. See SetEMGainMode to set the mode and
GetEMGainRange to get the valid range to work with. To access higher gain values
(>x300) see SetEMAdvanced.

Parameters int gain: amount of gain applied.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Value for gain accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I2C command timed out.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I2C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Gain value invalid.

See also GetEMCCDGain SetEMGainMode GetEMGainRange SetEMAdvanced

NOTE: Only available on EMCCD sensor systems.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 270
 FUNCTIONS
SetEMClockCompensation
unsigned int WINAPI SetEMClockCompensation(int EMClockCompensationFlag)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetEMGainMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetEMGainMode(int mode)

Description Set the EM Gain mode to one of the following possible settings.
Mode 0: The EM Gain is controlled by DAC settings in the range 0-255. Default mode.
1: The EM Gain is controlled by DAC settings in the range 0-4095.
2: Linear mode.
3: Real EM gain

To access higher gain values (if available) it is necessary to enable advanced EM gain,
see SetEMAdvanced.

Parameters int mode: EM Gain mode.

Return
DRV_SUCCESS Mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID EM Gain mode invalid.

SetESDEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetESDEvent (HANDLE Event)
Description This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the driver via which the driver can inform
the user software that an ESD event has occurred.

Parameters HANDLE Event: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Event set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Function not supported for operating system

See also GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 271
 FUNCTIONS
SetExposureTime
unsigned int WINAPI SetExposureTime(float time)

Description This function will set the exposure time to the nearest valid value not less than the given
value. The actual exposure time used is obtained by GetAcquisitionTimings. . Please
refer to SECTION 5 – ACQUISITION MODES for further information.

Parameters float time: the exposure time in seconds.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Exposure time accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Exposure Time invalid.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings

NOTE: For Classics, if the current acquisition mode is Single-Track, Multi-Track or Image then this
function will actually set the Shutter Time. The actual exposure time used is obtained from the
GetAcquisitionTimings function.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 272
 FUNCTIONS
SetExternalTriggerTermination
unsigned int WINAPI SetExternalTriggerTermination(at_u32 Termination)

Description This function can be used to set the external trigger termination mode.

Parameters at_u32 Termination: trigger termination option.

Valid values: 0 50 ohm.
1 hi-Z.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Termination set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Trigger termination not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid termination.

See also GetCapabilities GetExternalTriggerTermination

SetFanMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetFanMode(int mode)

Description Allows the user to control the mode of the camera fan. If the system is cooled, the fan
should only be turned off for short periods of time. During this time the body of the
camera will warm up which could compromise cooling capabilities.

If the camera body reaches too high a temperature, depends on camera, the buzzer will
sound. If this happens, turn off the external power supply and allow the system to
stabilize before continuing.

Parameters int mode: fan on full (0)

fan on low (1)
fan off (2)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Value for mode accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
2
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I C command timed out.
2
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Mode value invalid.

See also GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 273
 FUNCTIONS
SetFastKinetics
unsigned int WINAPI SetFastKinetics(int exposedRows int seriesLength, float time, int mode, int
hbin, int vbin)

Description This function will set the parameters to be used when taking a fast kinetics acquisition.

Parameters int exposedRows: sub-area height in rows.

int seriesLength: number in series.
float time: exposure time in seconds.
int mode: binning mode (0 – FVB , 4 – Image).
int hbin: horizontal binning.
int vbin: vertical binning (only used when in image mode).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid height.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid number in series.
DRV_P3INVALID Exposure time must be greater than 0.
DRV_P4INVALID Mode must be equal to 0 or 4.
DRV_P5INVALID Horizontal binning.
DRV_P6INVALID Vertical binning.

See also SetFKVShiftSpeed SetFastKineticsEx

NOTE: For classic cameras the vertical and horizontal binning must be 1
For non classic cameras it is recommended that you use SetFastKineticsEx

SDK SECTION 11
Page 274
 FUNCTIONS
SetFastKineticsEx
unsigned int WINAPI SetFastKineticsEx(int exposedRows, int seriesLength, float time, int mode, int
hbin, int vbin, int offset)

Description This function is the same as SetFastKinetics with the addition of an Offset parameter,
which will inform the SDK of the first row to be used.

Parameters int exposedRows: sub-area height in rows.

int seriesLength: number in series.
float time: exposure time in seconds.
int mode: binning mode (0 – FVB , 4 – Image).
int hbin: horizontal binning.
int vbin: vertical binning (only used when in image mode).
Int offset: offset of first row to be used in Fast Kinetics from the bottom of the CCD.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid height.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid number in series.
DRV_P3INVALID Exposure time must be greater than 0.
DRV_P4INVALID Mode must be equal to 0 or 4.
DRV_P5INVALID Horizontal binning.
DRV_P6INVALID Vertical binning.
DRV_P7INVALID Offset not within CCD limits

See also SetFKVShiftSpeed SetFastKinetics

NOTE: For classic cameras the offset must be 0 and the vertical and horizontal binning must be 1
For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 275
 FUNCTIONS
SetFastKineticsStorageMode

unsigned int WINAPI SetFastKineticsStorageMode(int mode)

Description Allows the user to increase the number of frames which can be acquired in fast kinetics
mode when using vertical binning. When ‘binning in storage area’ is selected the offset
cannot be adjusted from the bottom of the sensor and the maximum signal level will be
reduced.

Parameters int mode: vertically bin in readout register (0)

vertically bin in storage area (1)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Value for mode accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported.
DRV_P1INVALID Mode value invalid.

See also GetCapabilities

SetFastKineticsTimeScanMode

unsigned int WINAPI SetFastKineticsTimeScanMode(int exposedRows, int seriesLength, int mode)

Description When triggered, the camera starts shifting collected data until exposedRows of data are
collected. There is no dwell time between row shifts. After the data is collected the entire
Sensor Width x exposedRows image is readout and available. This is repeated
seriesLength times. The data can be accumulated or presented as a series.

Parameters int exposedRows: sub-area height in rows.

int seriesLength: number in series.
int mode: Off (0), Accumulate (1), Series (2)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Value for mode accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid height.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid number in series.
DRV_P3INVALID Mode must be equal to 0, 1 or 2.

See also GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 276
 FUNCTIONS
SetFastExtTrigger
unsigned int WINAPI SetFastExtTrigger(int mode)

Description This function will enable fast external triggering. When fast external triggering is enabled
the system will NOT wait until a “Keep Clean” cycle has been completed before
accepting the next trigger. This setting will only have an effect if the trigger mode has
been set to External via SetTriggerMode.

Parameters int mode:

0 Disabled
1 Enabled

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters accepted.
See also SetTriggerMode

SetFilterMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetFilterMode(int mode)

Description This function will set the state of the cosmic ray filter mode for future acquisitions. If the
filter mode is on, consecutive scans in an accumulation will be compared and any cosmic
ray-like features that are only present in one scan will be replaced with a scaled version
of the corresponding pixel value in the correct scan.

Parameters int mode: current state of filter

0 OFF
2 ON

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Filter mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Mode is out off range.

See also GetFilterMode

SetFilterParameters
unsigned int WINAPI SetFilterParameters (int width, float sensitivity, int range, float accept, int
smooth, int noise)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 277
 FUNCTIONS
SetFKVShiftSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI SetFKVShiftSpeed(int index)

Description This function will set the fast kinetics vertical shift speed to one of the possible speeds of
the system. It will be used for subsequent acquisitions.

Parameters int index: the speed to be used

Valid values 0 to GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Fast kinetics vertical shift speed set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Index is out off range.

See also GetNumberFKVShiftSpeeds, GetFKVShiftSpeedF

NOTE: Only available if camera is Classic or iStar.

SetFPDP
unsigned int WINAPI SetFPDP(int state)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetFrameTransferMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetFrameTransferMode (int mode)

Description This function will set whether an acquisition will readout in Frame Transfer Mode. If the
acquisition mode is Single Scan or Fast Kinetics this call will have no affect.
Parameters int mode: mode
0 OFF
1 ON

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Frame transfer mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid parameter.

See also SetAcquisitionMode

NOTE: Only available if CCD is a Frame Transfer chip.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 278
 FUNCTIONS
SetFrontEndEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetFrontEndEvent (HANDLE Event)
Description This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the driver via which the driver can inform
the user software that the Front End cooler has overheated or returned to a normal state.
To determine what event has actually occurred call the GetFrontEndStatus function. This
may give the user software an opportunity to perform other actions that will not affect the
readout of the current acquisition.

Parameters HANDLE Event: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Event set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Function not supported for operating system

See also GetFrontEndStatus

SetFullImage
unsigned int WINAPI SetFullImage(int hbin, int vbin)

Description Deprecated see Note:

This function will set the horizontal and vertical binning to be used when taking a full
resolution image.

Parameters int hbin: number of pixels to bin horizontally

int vbin: number of pixels to bin vertically

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Binning parameters accepted

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress
DRV_P1INVALID Horizontal binning parameter invalid
DRV_P2INVALID Vertical binning parameter invalid

See also SetReadMode

NOTE: Deprecated by SetImage

SDK SECTION 11
Page 279
 FUNCTIONS
SetFVBHBin
unsigned int WINAPI SetFVBHBin(int bin)

Description This function sets the horizontal binning used when acquiring in Full Vertical Binned read
mode.

Parameters Int bin: Binning size.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Binning set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid binning size.

See also SetReadMode

NOTE: 1) If the detector width is not a multiple of the binning DRV_BINNING_ERROR will be
returned from PrepareAcquisition and/or StartAcquisition
2) For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 280
 FUNCTIONS
SetGain
unsigned int WINAPI SetGain(int gain)

Description Deprecated for SetMCPGain.

SetGate
unsigned int WINAPI SetGate(float delay, float width, float step)
Description This function sets the Gater parameters for an ICCD system. The image intensifier of the
Andor ICCD acts as a shutter on nanosecond time-scales using a process known as
gating.

Parameters float delay: Sets the delay(>=0) between the T0 and C outputs on the SRS box to delay
nanoseconds.
float width: Sets the width(>=0) of the gate in nanoseconds
float step: Sets the amount(<>0, in nanoseconds) by which the gate position is moved in
time after each scan in a kinetic series.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gater parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_GPIBERROR Error communicating with GPIB card.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid delay
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid width.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid step.

See also SetDelayGenerator

NOTE: Available on ICCD.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 281
 FUNCTIONS
SetGateMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetGateMode(int gatemode)

Description Allows the user to control the photocathode gating mode.

Parameters int gatemode: the gate mode.
Valid values: 0 Fire ANDed with the Gate input.
1 Gating controlled from Fire pulse only.
2 Gating controlled from SMB Gate input only.
3 Gating ON continuously.
4 Gating OFF continuously.
5 Gate using DDG

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Gating mode accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
2
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I C command timed out.
2
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Gating mode invalid.

See also GetCapabilities SetMCPGain_SetGain, SetMCPGating

SDK SECTION 11
Page 282
 FUNCTIONS
SetHighCapacity
unsigned int WINAPI SetHighCapacity(int state)

Description This function switches between high sensitivity and high capacity functionality. With high
capacity enabled the output amplifier is switched to a mode of operation which reduces
the responsivity thus allowing the reading of larger charge packets during binning
operations.

Parameters int state: Enables/Disables High Capacity functionality

1 – Enable High Capacity (Disable High Sensitivity)
0 – Disable High Capacity (Enable High Sensitivity)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID State parameter was not zero or one.

See also GetCapabilities

SetHorizontalSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI SetHorizontalSpeed(int index)

Description Deprecated see Note:

This function will set the horizontal speed to one of the possible speeds of the system. It
will be used for subsequent acquisitions.

Parameters int index: the horizontal speed to be used

Valid values 0 to GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Horizontal speed set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Index is out off range.

See also GetNumberHorizontalSpeeds, GetHorizontalSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by SetHSSpeed

SDK SECTION 11
Page 283
 FUNCTIONS
SetHSSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI SetHSSpeed(int typ, int index)

Description This function will set the speed at which the pixels are shifted into the output node during
the readout phase of an acquisition. Typically your camera will be capable of operating at
several horizontal shift speeds. To get the actual speed that an index corresponds to use
the GetHSSpeed function.

Parameters int typ: output amplification.

Valid values: 0 electron multiplication/Conventional(clara).
1 conventional/Extended NIR mode(clara).
int index: the horizontal speed to be used
Valid values 0 to GetNumberHSSpeeds()-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Horizontal speed set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Mode is invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Index is out off range.

See also GetNumberHSSpeeds, GetHSSpeed GetNumberAmp

SDK SECTION 11
Page 284
 FUNCTIONS
SetImage
unsigned int WINAPI SetImage(int hbin, int vbin, int hstart, int hend, int vstart, int vend)

Description This function will set the horizontal and vertical binning to be used when taking a full
resolution image.

Parameters int hbin: number of pixels to bin horizontally.

int vbin: number of pixels to bin vertically.
int hstart: Start column (inclusive).
int hend: End column (inclusive).
int vstart: Start row (inclusive).
int vend: End row (inclusive).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Binning parameters invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Binning parameters invalid.
DRV_P3INVALID Sub-area co-ordinate is invalid.
DRV_P4INVALID Sub-area co-ordinate is invalid.
DRV_P5INVALID Sub-area co-ordinate is invalid.
DRV_P6INVALID Sub-area co-ordinate is invalid.

See also SetReadMode

NOTE: For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 285
 FUNCTIONS
SetImageFlip
unsigned int WINAPI SetImageFlip(int iHFlip, int iVFlip)

Description This function will cause data output from the SDK to be flipped on one or both axes. This
flip is not done in the camera, it occurs after the data is retrieved and will increase
processing overhead. If flipping could be implemented by the user more efficiently then
use of this function is not recomended. E.g writing to file or displaying on screen.

Parameters int iHFlip: Sets horizontal flipping.

int iVFlip: Sets vertical flipping..

1 - Enables Flipping
0 - Disables Flipping
If this function is used in conjunction with the SetImageRotate function the rotation will
occur before the flip regardless of which order the functions are called.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID HFlip parameter invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID VFlip parameter invalid

See also SetImageRotate

SDK SECTION 11
Page 286
 FUNCTIONS
SetImageRotate
unsigned int WINAPI SetImageRotate(int iRotate)

Description This function will cause data output from the SDK to be rotated on one or both axes. This
rotate is not done in the camera, it occurs after the data is retrieved and will increase
processing overhead. If the rotation could be implemented by the user more efficiently
then use of this function is not recomended. E.g writing to file or displaying on screen.

Parameters int iRotate: Rotation setting

0 - No rotation
1 - Rotate 90 degrees clockwise
2 - Rotate 90 degrees anti-clockwise

If this function is used in conjunction with the SetImageFlip function the rotation will occur
before the flip regardless of which order the functions are called.

180 degree rotation can be achieved using the SetImageFlip function by selecting both
horizontal and vertical flipping.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS All parameters accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_P1INVALID Rotate parameter invalid.

See also SetImageFlip

SDK SECTION 11
Page 287
 FUNCTIONS
SetIRIGModulation
unsigned int WINAPI SetIRIGModulation (char mode)

Description This function allows the camera to be configured to expect the IRIG modulation type
produced by the external IRIG device.

Parameters char mode: mode.

0 unmodulated

1 modulated

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Mode successfully selected.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported on this camera.

DRV_P1INVALID Requested mode isn’t valid.

See also GetCapabilities, GetIRIGData

NOTE Not all cameras support this feature. To check if your camera supports this feature
use the GetCapabilities function to check the ulFeature for
AC_FEATURES_IRIG_SUPPORT.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 288
 FUNCTIONS
SetIsolatedCropMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetIsolatedCropMode(int active, int cropheight, int cropwidth, int vbin, int hbin)
Description This function effectively reduces the dimensions of the CCD by excluding some rows or
columns to achieve higher throughput. In isolated crop mode iXon, Newton and iKon
cameras can operate in either Full Vertical Binning or Imaging read modes. iDus can
operate in Full Vertical Binning read mode only.

Note: It is important to ensure that no light falls on the excluded region otherwise
the acquired data will be corrupted.

Parameters int active: 1 – Crop mode is ON.

0 – Crop mode is OFF.

int cropheight: The selected crop height. This value must be between 1 and the CCD

height.

int cropwidth: The selected crop width. This value must be between 1 and the CCD

width.

int vbin: The selected vertical binning.

int hbin: The selected horizontal binning.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress

DRV_P1INVALID active parameter was not zero or one

DRV_P2INVALID Invalid crop height

DRV_P3INVALID Invalid crop width

DRV_P4INVALID Invalid vertical binning

DRV_P5INVALID Invalid horizontal binning

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Either the camera does not support isolated Crop mode
or the read mode is invalid

See also GetDetector SetReadMode

NOTE: For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 289
 FUNCTIONS
SetIsolatedCropModeEx
unsigned int WINAPI SetIsolatedCropModeEx(int active, int cropheight, int cropwidth, int vbin, int
hbin, int cropleft, int cropbottom)

Description This function effectively reduces the dimensions of the CCD by excluding some rows or
columns to achieve higher throughput. This feature is currently only available for iXon
Ultra and can only be used in Image readout mode with the EM output amplifier.

Note: It is important to ensure that no light falls on the excluded region otherwise
the acquired data will be corrupted.

The following centralized regions of interest are recommended to be used with this mode
to achieve the fastest possible frame rates. The table below shows the optimally
positioned ROI coordinates recommended to be used with this mode on the iXon Ultra
897 camera:
Crop Left Crop Right Crop Bottom Crop Top Position
ROI
Start Position Position Start Position

32 x 32 241 272 240 271

64 x 64 219 282 224 287
96 x 96 209 304 208 303
128 x 128 189 316 192 319
192 x 192 157 348 160 351
256 x 256 123 378 128 383
496 x 4 8 503 254 257
496 x 8 8 503 252 259
496 x 16 8 503 249 262

The optimally positioned ROI coordinates recommended to be used with this mode on
the iXon Ultra 888 camera are:
Crop Left Crop Right Crop Bottom Crop Top Position
ROI
Start Position Position Start Position

32 x 32 487 518 496 527

64 x 64 476 539 480 543
128 x 128 433 560 448 575
256 x 256 369 624 384 639
512 x 512 241 752 256 767
1024 x 4 1 1024 510 513
1024 x 8 1 1024 508 515
1024 x 16 1 1024 504 519
1024 x 32 1 1024 496 527

SDK SECTION 11
Page 290
 FUNCTIONS
Parameters int active: 1 – Crop mode is ON.

0 – Crop mode is OFF.

int cropheight: The selected crop height. This value must be between 1 and the CCD

height.

int cropwidth: The selected crop width. This value must be between 1 and the CCD

width.

int vbin: The selected vertical binning.

int hbin: The selected horizontal binning.

int cropleft: The selected crop left start position

int cropbottom: The selected crop bottom start position

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress

DRV_P1INVALID active parameter was not zero or one

DRV_P2INVALID Invalid crop height

DRV_P3INVALID Invalid crop width

DRV_P4INVALID Invalid vertical binning

DRV_P5INVALID Invalid horizontal binning

DRV_P6INVALID Invalid crop left start position

DRV_P7INVALID Invalid crop bottom start position

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED The camera does not support isolated crop mode

DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Invalid read mode

See also GetDetector SetReadMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 291
 FUNCTIONS
SetIsolatedCropModeType
unsigned int WINAPI SetIsolatedCropModeType(int mode)
Description This function determines the method by which data is transferred in isolated crop mode.
The default method is High Speed where multiple frames may be stored in the storage
area of the sensor before they are read out. In Low Latency mode, each cropped frame
is read out as it happens.

Parameters int mode: 0 – High Speed.

1 – Low Latency.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameter set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress

DRV_P1INVALID mode parameter was not zero or one

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Either the camera does not support isolated Crop mode
or the read mode is invalid

See also GetDetector SetIsolatedCropMode GetCapabilities

SDK SECTION 11
Page 292
 FUNCTIONS
SetKineticCycleTime
unsigned int WINAPI SetKineticCycleTime(float time)

Description This function will set the kinetic cycle time to the nearest valid value not less than the
given value. The actual time used is obtained by GetAcquisitionTimings. . Please refer to
SECTION 5 – ACQUISITION MODES for further information.

Parameters float time: the kinetic cycle time in seconds.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Cycle time accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Time invalid.

See also SetNumberKinetics

SetMCPGain
unsigned int WINAPI SetMCPGain(int gain)

Description Allows the user to control the voltage across the microchannel plate. Increasing the gain
increases the voltage and so amplifies the signal. The gain range can be returned using
GetMCPGainRange.

Parameters int gain: amount of gain applied.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Value for gain accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I2C command timed out.
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I2C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with device.
DRV_P1INVALID Gain value invalid.

See also GetMCPGainRange, SetGateMode, SetMCPGating

NOTE: Available on iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 293
 FUNCTIONS
SetMCPGating
unsigned int WINAPI SetMCPGating(int gating)

Description This function controls the MCP gating.

Parameters int gating: ON/OFF switch for the MCP gating.
Valid values: 0 to switch MCP gating OFF.
1 to switch MCP gating ON.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Value for gating accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
2
DRV_I2CTIMEOUT I C command timed out.
2
DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND I C device not present.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Value for gating invalid.

See also SetMCPGain_SetGain, SetGateMode

NOTE: Available on some ICCD models.

SetMessageWindow
unsigned int WINAPI SetMessageWindow (HWND wnd)

Description This function is reserved.

SetMetaData
unsigned int WINAPI SetMetaData(int state)

Description This function activates the meta data option.

Parameters int state: ON/OFF switch for the meta data option.
Valid values: 0 to switch meta data OFF.
1 to switch meta data ON.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Meta data option accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid state.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetMetaDataInfo

SDK SECTION 11
Page 294
 FUNCTIONS
SetMultiTrack
unsigned int WINAPI SetMultiTrack(int number, int height, int offset, int* bottom, int *gap)

Description This function will set the multi-Track parameters. The tracks are automatically spread
evenly over the detector. Validation of the parameters is carried out in the following
order:

 Number of tracks,

 Track height

 Offset.

The first pixels row of the first track is returned via ‘bottom’.

The number of rows between each track is returned via ‘gap’.

Parameters int number: number tracks

Valid values 1 to number of vertical pixels
int height: height of each track
Valid values >0 (maximum depends on number of tracks)
int offset: vertical displacement of tracks
Valid values depend on number of tracks and track height

int* bottom: first pixels row of the first track

int* gap: number of rows between each track (could be 0)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of tracks invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Track height invalid.
DRV_P3INVALID Offset invalid.

See also SetReadMode, StartAcquisition SetRandomTracks

SDK SECTION 11
Page 295
 FUNCTIONS
SetMultiTrackHBin
unsigned int WINAPI SetMultiTrackHBin(int bin)

Description This function sets the horizontal binning used when acquiring in Multi-Track read mode.

Parameters int bin: Binning size.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Binning set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid binning size.

See also SetReadMode SetMultiTrack

NOTE: 1) If the multitrack range is not a multiple of the binning DRV_BINNING_ERROR will be
returned from PrepareAcquisition and/or StartAcquisition
2) For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SetMultiTrackHRange
unsigned int WINAPI SetMultiTrackHRange (int iStart, int iEnd)

Description This function sets the horizontal range used when acquiring in Multi Track read mode.

Parameters int iStart: First horizontal pixel in multi track mode.

int iEnd: Last horizontal pixel in multi track mode.
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Range set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available for this camera.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid start position.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid end position.

See also SetReadMode SetMultiTrack

SetMultiTrackScan
unsigned int WINAPI SetMultiTrackScan(int trackHeight, int numberTracks, int iSIHStart, int iSIHEnd,
int trackHBinning, int trackVBinning, int trackGap, int trackOffset, int trackSkip, int
numberSubFrames);
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 296
 FUNCTIONS
SetNextAddress
unsigned int WINAPI SetNextAddress(at_32* data, long lowAdd, long highAdd, long len, long
physical)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetNextAddress16
unsigned int WINAPI SetNextAddress16(at_32* data, long lowAdd, long highAdd, long len, long
physical)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetNumberAccumulations
unsigned int WINAPI SetNumberAccumulations(int number)

Description This function will set the number of scans accumulated in memory. This will only take
effect if the acquisition mode is either Accumulate or Kinetic Series.

Parameters int number: number of scans to accumulate

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Accumulations set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of accumulates.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings, SetAccumulationCycleTime, SetAcquisitionMode,

SetExposureTime, SetKineticCycleTime, SetNumberKinetics

SetNumberKinetics
unsigned int WINAPI SetNumberKinetics(int number)

Description This function will set the number of scans (possibly accumulated scans) to be taken
during a single acquisition sequence. This will only take effect if the acquisition mode is
Kinetic Series.

Parameters int number: number of scans to store

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Series length set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number in series invalid.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings, SetAccumulationCycleTime, SetAcquisitionMode,

SetExposureTime, SetKineticCycleTime

SDK SECTION 11
Page 297
 FUNCTIONS
SetNumberPrescans
unsigned int WINAPI SetNumberPrescans(int iNumber)

Description This function will set the number of scans acquired before data is to be retrieved. This
will only take effect if the acquisition mode is Kinetic Series.

Parameters int iNumber: number of scans to ignore

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Prescans set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of prescans invalid.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings, SetAcquisitionMode, SetKineticCycleTime, SetNumberKinetics

SetOutputAmplifier
unsigned int WINAPI SetOutputAmplifier(int typ)

Description Some EMCCD systems have the capability to use a second output amplifier. This
function will set the type of output amplifier to be used when reading data from the head
for these systems.

Parameters int typ: the type of output amplifier.

0 – Standard EMCCD gain register (default)/Conventional(clara).

1 – Conventional CCD register/Extended NIR mode(clara).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Series length set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Output amplifier type invalid.

NOTE:
1. Available in Clara, iXon & Newton.
2. If the current camera HSSpeed is not available when the amplifier is set then it will default to
the maximum HSSpeed that is.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 298
 FUNCTIONS
SetOverlapMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetOverlapMode (int mode)

Description This function will set whether an acquisition will readout in Overlap Mode. If the
acquisition mode is Single Scan or Fast Kinetics this call will have no affect.
Parameters int mode: mode
0 OFF
1 ON

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Overlap mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid parameter.

See also SetAcquisitionMode

NOTE: Only available if CCD is an Overlap sensor.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 299
 FUNCTIONS
SetPCIMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetPCIMode(int mode, int value)
Description With the CCI23 card, events can be sent when the camera is starting to expose and when
it has finished exposing. This function will control whether those events happen or not.

Parameters int mode: currently must be set to 1

int value: 0 to disable the events, 1 to enable

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition mode set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Acquisition Mode invalid

See also SetAcqStatusEvent SetCameraStatusEnable

NOTE This is only supported by the CCI23 card. The software must register its event via
the SetAcqStatusEvent. To specify which event the software is interested in use
the SetCameraStatusEnable.

SetPhosphorEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetPhosphorEvent (HANDLE Event)
Description This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the driver via which the driver can inform
the user software that the phosphor has saturated or returned to a normal state. To
determine what event has actually occurred call the GetPhosphorStatus function. This
may give the user software an opportunity to perform other actions that will not affect the
readout of the current acquisition.

Parameters HANDLE Event: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Event set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Function not supported for operating system

See also GetPhosphorStatus

SDK SECTION 11
Page 300
 FUNCTIONS
SetPhotonCounting
unsigned int WINAPI SetPhotonCounting(int state)

Description This function activates the photon counting option.

Parameters int state: ON/OFF switch for the photon counting option.
Valid values: 0 to switch photon counting OFF.
1 to switch photon counting ON.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS photon counting option accepted.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also SetPhotonCountingThreshold

SetPhotonCountingDivisions
unsigned int WINAPI SetPhotonCountingDivisions(unsigned long noOfDivisions, long* divisions)

Description This function sets the thresholds for the photon counting option.
Parameters
unsigned long noOfDivisions: number of thresholds to be used.
long* divisions: threshold levels.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Thresholds accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of thresholds outside valid range
DRV_P2INVALID Thresholds outside valid range
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported.

See also SetPhotonCounting, GetNumberPhotonCountingDivisions

SDK SECTION 11
Page 301
 FUNCTIONS
SetPhotonCountingThreshold
unsigned int WINAPI SetPhotonCountingThreshold(long min, long max)

Description This function sets the minimum and maximum threshold for the photon counting option.
Parameters long min: minimum threshold in counts for photon counting.
long max: maximum threshold in counts for photon counting

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Thresholds accepted.
DRV_P1INVALID Minimum threshold outside valid range (1-65535)
DRV_P2INVALID Maximum threshold outside valid range
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.

See also SetPhotonCounting

SetPixelMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetPixelMode (int bitdepth, int colormode)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetPreAmpGain
unsigned int WINAPI SetPreAmpGain(int index)

Description This function will set the pre amp gain to be used for subsequent acquisitions. The actual
gain factor that will be applied can be found through a call to the GetPreAmpGain
function.

The number of Pre Amp Gains available is found by calling the GetNumberPreAmpGains
function.

Parameters int index: index pre amp gain table

Valid values 0 to GetNumberPreAmpGains-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Pre amp gain set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Index out of range.

See also IsPreAmpGainAvailable, GetNumberPreAmpGains, GetPreAmpGain

NOTE: Available on iDus, iXon & Newton.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 302
 FUNCTIONS
SetRandomTracks
unsigned int WINAPI SetRandomTracks(int numTracks, int* areas)

Description This function will set the Random-Track parameters. The positions of the tracks are
validated to ensure that the tracks are in increasing order and do not overlap. The
horizontal binning is set via the SetCustomTrackHBin function. The vertical binning is set
to the height of each track.

Some cameras need to have at least 1 row in between specified tracks. Ixon+ and the
USB cameras allow tracks with no gaps in between.
Example:

Tracks specified as 20 30 31 40 tells the SDK that the first track starts at row 20 in the
CCD and finishes at row 30. The next track starts at row 31 (no gap between tracks) and
ends at row 40.

Parameters int numTracks: number tracks

Valid values 1 to number of vertical pixels/2
int* areas: pointer to an array of track positions. The array has the form
bottom1, top1, bottom2, top2 ….. bottomN, topN

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of tracks invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Track positions invalid.
DRV_RANDOM_TRACK_ERROR Invalid combination of tracks, out of memory or
mode not available.

See also SetCustomTrackHBin, SetReadMode, StartAcquisition, SetComplexImage

SDK SECTION 11
Page 303
 FUNCTIONS
SetReadMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetReadMode(int mode)

Description This function will set the readout mode to be used on the subsequent acquisitions.
Parameters int mode: readout mode
Valid values: 0 Full Vertical Binning
1 Multi-Track
2 Random-Track
3 Single-Track
4 Image

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Readout mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid readout mode passed.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings, SetAccumulationCycleTime, SetAcquisitionMode,

SetExposureTime, SetKineticCycleTime, SetNumberAccumulations, SetNumberKinetics

SetReadoutRegisterPacking
unsigned int WINAPI SetReadoutRegisterPacking (int mode)

Description This function will configure whether data is packed into the readout register to improve
frame rates for sub-images.
Note: It is important to ensure that no light falls outside of the sub-image area
otherwise the acquired data will be corrupted. Only currently available on iXon+
and iXon3.
Parameters int mode: register readout mode
Valid values: 0 Packing Off
1 Packing On

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Readout mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid readout mode passed.

See also GetAcquisitionTimings, SetAccumulationCycleTime, SetAcquisitionMode,

SetExposureTime, SetKineticCycleTime, SetNumberAccumulations, SetNumberKinetics

SetRegisterDump
unsigned int WINAPI SetRegisterDump(int mode)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 304
 FUNCTIONS
SetRingExposureTimes
unsigned int WINAPI SetRingExposureTimes(int numTimes, float* times)

Description This function will send up an array of exposure times to the camera if the hardware
supports the feature. See GetCapabilities. Each acquisition will then use the next
exposure in the ring looping round to the start again when the end is reached. See
GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes for the maximum number of exposures in the
ring.

Parameters int numTimes: The number of exposures

float * times: A predeclared pointer to an array of numTimes floats

Return Unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Success
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_INVALID_MODE This mode is not available.
DRV_P1INVALID Number of times out of valid range.
DRV_P2INVALID The exposures times are invalid.
DRV_NOTAVAILABLE System does not support this option

See also GetCapabilities, GetNumberRingExposureTimes, GetAdjustedRingExposureTimes,

GetRingExposureRange IsTriggerModeAvailable
GetMaximumNumberRingExposureTimes

SDK SECTION 11
Page 305
 FUNCTIONS
SetSaturationEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetSaturationEvent(HANDLE saturationEvent)

Description This is only supported with the CCI-23 PCI card. USB cameras do not have this feature.

This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the driver via which the driver can inform
the main software that an acquisition has saturated the sensor to a potentially damaging
level. You must reset the event after it has been handled in order to receive additional
triggers. Before deleting the event you must call SetEvent with NULL as the parameter.

Parameters HANDLE saturationEvent: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition mode set.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Function not supported for operating system

See also SetDriverEvent

NOTE The programmer must reset the event after it has been handled in order to receive
additional triggers, unless the event has been created with auto-reset, e.g. event =
CreateEvent(NULL, FALSE, FALSE, NULL). Also, NOT all programming
environments allow the use of multiple threads and Win32 events.

Only supported with the CCI-23 card.

USB cameras do not have this feature.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 306
 FUNCTIONS
SetSensorPortMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetSensorPortMode (int mode)

Description This function selects the sensor port mode which will be used to acquire the image data.

“Single Port Mode” - Acquires all the image data via the selected single sensor port
(SelectSensorPort).

“All Ports Mode” - Acquires the image data simultaneously from all the available ports.

Parameters int mode: the port mode selected.

Valid values:

0 Single Port
1 All Ports

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Port mode successfully selected.

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Feature not supported on this camera.

DRV_P1INVALID Requested port mode isn’t valid.

See also SelectSensorPort, GetCapabilities

NOTE Not all cameras support this feature. To check if your camera supports this feature
use the GetCapabilities function to check the ulFeature for
AC_FEATURES_SENSOR_PORT_CONFIGURATION.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 307
 FUNCTIONS
SetShutter
unsigned int WINAPI SetShutter(int typ, int mode, int closingtime, int openingtime)

Description This function controls the behaviour of the shutter.

The typ parameter allows the user to control the TTL signal output to an external shutter.
The mode parameter configures whether the shutter opens & closes automatically
(controlled by the camera) or is permanently open or permanently closed.

The opening and closing time specify the time required to open and close the shutter
(this information is required for calculating acquisition timings – see SHUTTER
TRANSFER TIME).

Parameters int typ:

0 Output TTL low signal to open shutter
1 Output TTL high signal to open shutter
int mode:
0 Fully Auto
1 Permanently Open
2 Permanently Closed
4 Open for FVB series
5 Open for any series

int closingtime: Time shutter takes to close (milliseconds)

int openingtime: Time shutter takes to open (milliseconds)

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Shutter set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera does not support shutter control.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid TTL type.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid mode.
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid time to open.
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid time to close.
NOTE
1. The opening and closing time can be different.
2. For cameras capable of controlling the internal and external shutter independently
(capability AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX) you MUST use SetShutterEx.
3. Cameras with an internal shutter (use function IsInternalMechanicalShutter to test) but no
independent shutter control (capability AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX) will always output a
“HIGH to open” TTL signal through the external shutter port.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 308
 FUNCTIONS
SetShutterEx
unsigned int WINAPI SetShutterEx(int typ, int mode, int closingtime, int openingtime, int extmode)

Description This function expands the control offered by SetShutter to allow an external shutter and
internal shutter to be controlled independently (only available on some cameras – please
consult your Camera User Guide). The typ parameter allows the user to control the TTL
signal output to an external shutter. The opening and closing times specify the length of
time required to open and close the shutter (this information is required for calculating
acquisition timings – see SHUTTER TRANSFER TIME).

The mode and extmode parameters control the behaviour of the internal and external
shutters. To have an external shutter open and close automatically in an experiment, set
the mode parameter to “Open” and set the extmode parameter to “Auto”. To have an
internal shutter open and close automatically in an experiment, set the extmode
parameter to “Open” and set the mode parameter to “Auto”.

To not use any shutter in the experiment, set both shutter modes to permanently open.

Parameters Int typ:

0 Output TTL low signal to open shutter
1 Output TTL high signal to open shutter
int mode:
0 Fully Auto
1 Permanently Open
2 Permanently Closed
4 Open for FVB series
5 Open for any series
int closingtime: time shutter takes to close (milliseconds)
int openingtime: Time shutter takes to open (milliseconds)
int mode:
0 Fully Auto
1 Permanently Open
2 Permanently Closed
4 Open for FVB series
5 Open for any series

Return Unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Shutter set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Camera does not support shutter control.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid TTL type.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid internal mode
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid time to open.
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid time to close

SDK SECTION 11
Page 309
 FUNCTIONS
DRV_P5INVALID Invalid external mode
NOTE
1. The opening and closing time can be different.
2. For cameras capable of controlling the internal and external shutter independently
(capability AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX) you MUST use SetShutterEx.
3. For cameras with an internal shutter (use function IsInternalMechanicalShutter to test) but
no independent shutter control (capability AC_FEATURES_SHUTTEREX), the external
shutter will always behave like the internal shutter and the externalMode parameter is
meaningless.
4. For cameras with a limit to how fast the internal shutter can run, the external shutter will also
have this limit applied if the internal shutter isn’t set to either Permanently Open or
Permanently Closed.

SetShutters
unsigned int WINAPI SetShutters(int typ, int mode, int closingtime, int openingtime, int exttype, int
extmode, int dummy1, int dummy2)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetSifComment
unsigned int WINAPI SetSifComment(char* comment)

Description This function will set the user text that will be added to any sif files created with the
SaveAsSif function. The stored comment can be cleared by passing NULL or an empty
text string.

Parameters char* comment: The comment to add to new sif files.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Sif comment set.
See also SaveAsSif SaveAsCommentedSif
NOTE: To add a comment to a SIF file that will not be used in any future SIF files that are saved, use
the function SaveAsCommentedSif.

SetSingleTrack
unsigned int WINAPI SetSingleTrack(int centre, int height)

Description This function will set the single track parameters. The parameters are validated in the
following order: centre row and then track height.

Parameters int centre: centre row of track

Valid range 1 to number of vertical pixels.
int height: height of track
Valid range > 1 (maximum value depends on centre row and number of vertical pixels).

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 310
 FUNCTIONS
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Center row invalid.
DRV_P2INVALID Track height invalid.

See also SetReadMode

SDK SECTION 11
Page 311
 FUNCTIONS
SetSingleTrackHBin
unsigned int WINAPI SetSingleTrackHBin(int bin)

Description This function sets the horizontal binning used when acquiring in Single Track read mode.

Parameters Int bin: Binning size.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Binning set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid binning size.

See also SetReadMode

NOTE: 1) If the detector width is not a multiple of the binning DRV_BINNING_ERROR will be
returned from PrepareAcquisition and/or StartAcquisition
2) For iDus, it is recommended that you set horizontal binning to 1

SDK SECTION 11
Page 312
 FUNCTIONS
SetSpool
unsigned int WINAPI SetSpool(int active, int method, char* path, int framebuffersize)

Description This function will enable and disable the spooling of acquired data to the hard disk or to
the RAM.
With spooling method 0, each scan in the series will be saved to a separate file
composed of a sequence of 32-bit integers.
With spooling method 1 the type of data in the output files depends on what type of
acquisition is taking place (see below).
Spooling method 2 writes out the data to file as 16-bit integers.
Spooling method 3 creates a directory structure for storing images where multiple images
may appear in each file within the directory structure and the files may be spread across
multiple directories. Like method 1 the data type of the image pixels depends on whether
accumulate mode is being used.
Method 4 Creates a RAM disk for storing images so you should ensure that there is
enough free RAM to store the full acquisition.
Methods 5, 6 and 7 can be used to directly spool out to a particular file type, either FITS,
SIF or TIFF respectively. In the case of FITS and TIFF the data will be written out as 16-
bit values.
Method 8 is similar to method 3, however the data is first compressed before writing to
disk. In some circumstances this may improve the maximum rate of writing images to
disk, however as the compression can be very CPU intensive this option may not be
suitable on slower processors.
The data is stored in row order starting with the row nearest the readout register. With
the exception of methods 5, 6 and 7, the data acquired during a spooled acquisition can
be retrieved through the normal functions. This is a change to previous versions; it is no
longer necessary to load the data from disk from your own application.
Parameters int active: Enable/disable spooling
Valid values:
0 Disable spooling.
1 Enable spooling.
int method: Indicates the format of the files written to disk
Valid values:
0. Files contain sequence of 32-bit integers
1 Format of data in files depends on whether multiple accumulations are
being taken for each scan. Format will be 32-bit integer if data is being
accumulated each scan; otherwise the format will be 16-bit integer.
2. Files contain sequence of 16-bit integers.
3. Multiple directory structure with multiple images per file and multiple files
per directory.
4. Spool to RAM disk.
5. Spool to 16-bit Fits File.
6. Spool to Andor Sif format.
7. Spool to 16-bit Tiff File.
8. Similar to method 3 but with data compression.

char* path: String containing the filename stem. May also contain the path to the
directory into which the files are to be stored.
int framebuffersize: This sets the size of an internal circular buffer used as temporary
storage. The value is the total number images the buffer can hold, not the
size in bytes. Typical value would be 10. This value would be increased in
situations where the computer is not able to spool the data to disk at the
required rate.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 313
 FUNCTIONS
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Parameters set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.

See also GetSpoolProgress

NOTE: Spooled images will not be post processed, i.e. flipped or rotated.
SetSpoolThreadCount
unsigned int WINAPI SetSpoolThreadCount(int count)

Description This function sets the number of parallel threads used for writing data to disk when
spooling is enabled. Increasing this to a value greater than the default of 1, can
sometimes improve the data rate to the hard disk particularly with Solid State hard disks.
In other cases increasing this value may actually reduce the rate at which data is written
to disk.

Parameters int count: The number of threads to use.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Thread count is set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid thread count.

See also SetSpool

NOTE: This feature is currently only available when using the Neo camera.

SetStorageMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetStorageMode(long mode)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 314
 FUNCTIONS
SetTECEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetTECEvent (HANDLE Event)
Description This function passes a Win32 Event handle to the driver via which the driver can inform
the user software that the TEC has overheated or returned to a normal state. To
determine what event has actually occurred call the GetTECStatus function. This may
give the user software an opportunity to perform other actions that will not affect the
readout of the current acquisition.

Parameters HANDLE Event: Win32 event handle.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Event set
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Function not supported for operating system

See also GetTECStatus

SetTemperature
unsigned int WINAPI SetTemperature(int temperature)

Description This function will set the desired temperature of the detector. To turn the cooling ON and
OFF use the CoolerON and CoolerOFF function respectively.

Parameters int temperature: the temperature in Centigrade.

Valid range is given by GetTemperatureRange

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Temperature set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_P1INVALID Temperature invalid.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED The camera does not support setting the temperature.
See also CoolerOFF, CoolerON, GetTemperature, GetTemperatureF, GetTemperatureRange
NOTE: Not available on Luca R cameras – automatically cooled to -20.

SetTemperatureEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetTemperatureEvent(HANDLE temperatureEvent)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 315
 FUNCTIONS
SetTriggerInvert
unsigned int WINAPI SetTriggerInvert(int mode)

Description This function will set whether an acquisition will be triggered on a rising or falling edge
external trigger.
Parameters int mode: trigger mode
Valid values:

0. Rising Edge
1. Falling Edge

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Trigger mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Trigger mode invalid.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also Trigger Modes SetTriggerMode SetFastExtTrigger

SetTriggerLevel
unsigned int WINAPI SetTriggerLevel(float level)

Description This function sets the trigger voltage which the system will use.

Parameters float level: trigger voltage

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Level set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED Trigger levels not supported.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with system.
DRV_P1INVALID Trigger level invalid.

See also GetCapabilities GetTriggerLevelRange

SDK SECTION 11
Page 316
 FUNCTIONS
SetTriggerMode
unsigned int WINAPI SetTriggerMode(int mode)

Description This function will set the trigger mode that the camera will operate in.
Parameters int mode: trigger mode
Valid values:

0. Internal
1. External
6. External Start
7. External Exposure (Bulb)
9. External FVB EM (only valid for EM Newton models in FVB mode)
10. Software Trigger
12. External Charge Shifting

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Trigger mode set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Trigger mode invalid.

See also Trigger Modes SetFastExtTrigger

SDK SECTION 11
Page 317
 FUNCTIONS
SetIODirection
unsigned int WINAPI SetIODirection(int index, int iDirection)

Description Available in some systems are a number of IO’s that can be configured to be inputs or
outputs. This function sets the current state of a particular IO.

Parameters int index: IO index

Valid values: 0 to GetNumberIO() - 1
int iDirection: requested direction for this index.
0: Output
1: Input
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IO direction set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid direction.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetNumberIO GetIOLevel GetIODirection SetIOLevel

SetIOLevel
unsigned int WINAPI SetIOLevel(int index, int iLevel)

Description Available in some systems are a number of IO’s that can be configured to be inputs or
outputs. This function sets the current state of a particular IO.

Parameters int index: IO index

Valid values: 0 to GetNumberIO() - 1
int iLevel: current level for this index.
0: Low
1: High
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS IO level set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid index.
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid level.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Feature not available.

See also GetNumberIO GetIOLevel GetIODirection SetIODirection

SDK SECTION 11
Page 318
 FUNCTIONS
SetUserEvent
unsigned int WINAPI SetUserEvent(HANDLE userEvent)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetUSGenomics
unsigned int WINAPI SetUSGenomics(long width, long height)
Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SetVerticalRowBuffer
unsigned int WINAPI SetVerticalRowBuffer(int rows)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 319
 FUNCTIONS
SetVerticalSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI SetVerticalSpeed(int index)

Description Deprecated see Note:

This function will set the vertical speed to be used for subsequent acquisitions
Parameters int index: index into the vertical speed table
Valid values 0 to GetNumberVerticalSpeeds-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Vertical speed set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Index out of range.

See also GetNumberVerticalSpeeds, GetVerticalSpeed

NOTE: Deprecated by SetVSSpeed.

SetVirtualChip
unsigned int WINAPI SetVirtualChip(int state)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 320
 FUNCTIONS
SetVSAmplitude
unsigned int WINAPI SetVSAmplitude(int state)

Description If you choose a high readout speed (a low readout time), then you should also consider
increasing the amplitude of the Vertical Clock Voltage.

There are five levels of amplitude available for you to choose from:

 Normal

 +1

 +2

 +3

 +4

Exercise caution when increasing the amplitude of the vertical clock voltage, since higher
clocking voltages may result in increased clock-induced charge (noise) in your signal. In
general, only the very highest vertical clocking speeds are likely to benefit from an
increased vertical clock voltage amplitude.

Parameters int state: desired Vertical Clock Voltage Amplitude

Valid values:
0 - Normal
1->4 – Increasing Clock voltage Amplitude

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Amplitude set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE Your system does not support this feature
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid amplitude parameter.

NOTE: Available in iXon, iKon and Newton – full range of amplitude levels is not available on all
compatible cameras.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 321
 FUNCTIONS
SetVSSpeed
unsigned int WINAPI SetVSSpeed(int index)

Description This function will set the vertical speed to be used for subsequent acquisitions
Parameters int index: index into the vertical speed table
Valid values 0 to GetNumberVSSpeeds-1

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Vertical speed set.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_P1INVALID Index out of range.

See also GetNumberVSSpeeds, GetVSSpeed, GetFastestRecommendedVSSpeed

ShutDown
unsigned int WINAPI ShutDown(void)

Description This function will close the AndorMCD system down.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS System shut down.
See also CoolerOFF, CoolerON, SetTemperature, GetTemperature
NOTE:

1. For Classic & ICCD systems, the temperature of the detector should be above -20ºC before
shutting down the system.

2. When dynamically loading a DLL which is statically linked to the SDK library, ShutDown MUST be
called before unloading.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 322
 FUNCTIONS
StartAcquisition
unsigned int WINAPI StartAcquisition(void)

Description This function starts an acquisition. The status of the acquisition can be monitored via
GetStatus().

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition started.
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.
DRV_ACQUIRING Acquisition in progress.
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED VxD not loaded.
DRV_ERROR_ACK Unable to communicate with card.
DRV_INIERROR Error reading “DETECTOR.INI”.
DRV_ACQERROR Acquisition settings invalid.
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK Unable to allocate memory.
DRV_INVALID_FILTER Filter not available for current acquisition.
DRV_BINNING_ERROR Range not multiple of horizontal binning.
DRV_SPOOLSETUPERROR Error with spool settings.

See also GetStatus, GetAcquisitionTimings, SetAccumulationCycleTime, SetAcquisitionMode,

SetExposureTime, SetHSSpeed, SetKineticCycleTime, SetMultiTrack,
SetNumberAccumulations, SetNumberKinetics, SetReadMode, SetSingleTrack,
SetTriggerMode, SetVSSpeed

SDK SECTION 11
Page 323
 FUNCTIONS
UnMapPhysicalAddress
unsigned int WINAPI UnMapPhysicalAddress(void)

Description THIS FUNCTION IS RESERVED.

UpdateDDGTimings
unsigned int WINAPI UpdateDDGTimings(void)

Description This function can be used to update the gate timings and external output timings during
an externally triggered kinetic series. It is only available when integrate on chip is active
and gate step is not being used.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS
DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED
DRV_ERROR_ACK
DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE
DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED

See also GetCapabilities SetDDGExternalOutputTime SetDDGGateTime

NOTE: Available in USB iStar.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 324
 FUNCTIONS
WaitForAcquisition
unsigned int WINAPI WaitForAcquisition(void)

Description WaitForAcquisition can be called after an acquisition is started using StartAcquisition to

put the calling thread to sleep until an Acquisition Event occurs. This can be used as a
simple alternative to the functionality provided by the SetDriverEvent function, as all
Event creation and handling is performed internally by the SDK library.

Like the SetDriverEvent functionality it will use less processor resources than
continuously polling with the GetStatus function. If you wish to restart the calling thread
without waiting for an Acquisition event, call the function CancelWait.

An Acquisition Event occurs each time a new image is acquired during an Accumulation,
Kinetic Series or Run-Till-Abort acquisition or at the end of a Single Scan Acquisition.

If a second event occurs before the first one has been acknowledged, the first one will be
ignored. Care should be taken in this case, as you may have to use CancelWait to exit
the function.

Parameters NONE
Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition Event occurred

DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED System not initialized.

DRV_NO_NEW_DATA Non-Acquisition Event occurred.(e.g. CancelWait ()
called)

See also StartAcquisition, CancelWait

WaitForAcquisitionByHandle
unsigned int WINAPI WaitForAcquisitionByHandle(long cameraHandle)

Description Whilst using multiple cameras WaitForAcquisitionByHandle can be called after an

acquisition is started using StartAcquisition to put the calling thread to sleep until an
Acquisition Event occurs. This can be used as a simple alternative to the functionality
provided by the SetDriverEvent function, as all Event creation and handling is performed
internally by the SDK library. Like the SetDriverEvent functionality it will use less
processor resources than continuously polling with the GetStatus function. If you wish to
restart the calling thread without waiting for an Acquisition event, call the function
CancelWait. An Acquisition Event occurs each time a new image is acquired during an
Accumulation, Kinetic Series or Run-Till-Abort acquisition or at the end of a Single Scan
Acquisition.

Parameters Long cameraHandle: handle of camera to put into wait state.

Return unsigned int
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition Event occurred.
DRV_P1INVALID Handle not valid.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA Non-Acquisition Event occurred.(eg CancelWait () called)

SDK SECTION 11
Page 325
 FUNCTIONS
See also CancelWait, GetCameraHandle, StartAcquisition, WaitForAcquisition,
WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut, WaitForAcquisitionByHandleTimeOut.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 326
 FUNCTIONS
WaitForAcquisitionByHandleTimeOut
unsigned int WINAPI WaitForAcquisitionByHandleTimeOut (long cameraHandle, int iTimeOutMs)

Description Whilst using multiple cameras WaitForAcquisitionByHandle can be called after an

acquisition is started using StartAcquisition to put the calling thread to sleep until an
Acquisition Event occurs. This can be used as a simple alternative to the functionality
provided by the SetDriverEvent function, as all Event creation and handling is performed
internally by the SDK library. Like the SetDriverEvent functionality it will use less processor
resources than continuously polling with the GetStatus function. If you wish to restart the
calling thread without waiting for an Acquisition event, call the function CancelWait. An
Acquisition Event occurs each time a new image is acquired during an Accumulation,
Kinetic Series or Run-Till-Abort acquisition or at the end of a Single Scan Acquisition. If an
Acquisition Event does not occur within _TimeOutMs milliseconds,
WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut returns DRV_NO_NEW_DATA

Parameters Long cameraHandle: handle of camera to put into wait state.

int iTimeOutMs: Time before returning DRV_NO_NEW_DATA if no Acquisition Event
occurs.

Return unsigned int

DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition Event occurred.
DRV_P1INVALID Handle not valid.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA Non-Acquisition Event occurred.(eg CancelWait () called, time out)

See also CancelWait, GetCameraHandle, StartAcquisition, WaitForAcquisition,

WaitForAcquisitionByHandle, WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 327
 FUNCTIONS
WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut
unsigned int WINAPI WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut (int iTimeOutMs)

Description WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut can be called after an acquisition is started using

StartAcquisition to put the calling thread to sleep until an Acquisition Event occurs. This
can be used as a simple alternative to the functionality provided by the SetDriverEvent
function, as all Event creation and handling is performed internally by the SDK library. Like
the SetDriverEvent functionality it will use less processor resources than continuously
polling with the GetStatus function. If you wish to restart the calling thread without waiting
for an Acquisition event, call the function CancelWait. An Acquisition Event occurs each
time a new image is acquired during an Accumulation, Kinetic Series or Run-Till-Abort
acquisition or at the end of a Single Scan Acquisition. If an Acquisition Event does not
occur within _TimeOutMs milliseconds, WaitForAcquisitionTimeOut returns
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA

Parameters int iTimeOutMs: Time before returning DRV_NO_NEW_DATA if no Acquisition Event

occurs.

Return
DRV_SUCCESS Acquisition Event occurred.
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA Non-Acquisition Event occurred.(eg CancelWait () called, time out)

See also CancelWait, StartAcquisition, WaitForAcquisition, WaitForAcquisitionByHandle,

WaitForAcquisitionByHandleTimeOut.

SDK SECTION 11
Page 328
 FUNCTIONS
WhiteBalance
unsigned int WINAPI WhiteBalance (WORD* wRed, WORD* wGreen, WORD* wBlue, float * fRelR,
float * fRelB, WhiteBalanceInfo * info)

Description For colour sensors only

Calculates the red and blue relative to green factors to white balance a colour image
using the parameters stored in info.
Before passing the address of an WhiteBalanceInfo structure to the function the iSize
member of the structure should be set to the size of the structure. In C++ this can be
done with the line:
info-> iSize = sizeof(WhiteBalanceInfo);
Below is the WhiteBalanceInfo structure definition and a description of its members:
typedef struct WHITEBALANCEINFO {
int iSize; // Structure size.
int iX; // Number of X pixels. Must be >2.
int iY; // Number of Y pixels. Must be >2.
int iAlgorithm; // Algorithm to used to calculate white balance.
int iROI_left; // Region Of Interest from which white balance is calculated
int iROI_right; // Region Of Interest from which white balance is calculated
int iROI_top; // Region Of Interest from which white balance is calculated
int iROI_bottom; // Region Of Interest from which white balance is calculated
} WhiteBalanceInfo;
iX and iY are the image dimensions. The number of elements of the input, red, green and
blue arrays are iX x iY.
iAlgorithm sets the algorithm to use. The function sums all the colour values per each
colour field within the Region Of Interest (ROI) and calculates the relative to green values
as: 0) _fRelR = GreenSum / RedSum and _fRelB = GreenSum / BlueSum; 1) _fRelR =
2/3 GreenSum / RedSum and _fRelB = 2/3 GreenSum / BlueSum, giving more
importance to the green field.
iROI_left, iROI_right, iROI_top and iROI_bottom define the ROI with the constraints:
0 £ iROI_left < iROI_right £ iX and 0 £ iROI_ bottom < iROI_ top £ iX
Parameters WORD* wRed: pointer to red field.
WORD* wGreen: pointer to green field.
WORD* wBlue: pointer to blue field.
float* fRelR: pointer to the relative to green red factor.
float* fRelB: pointer to the relative to green blue factor.
WhiteBalanceInfo* info: pointer to white balance information structure

Return unsigned int

SUCCESS White balance calculated.
DRV_P1INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P2INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P3INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P4INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P5INVALID Invalid pointer (i.e. NULL).
DRV_P6INVALID One or more parameters in info is out of range
DRV_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO_ERROR The sum of the green field within the ROI is zero. _fRelR and _fRelB
are set to 1

See also DemosaicImage, GetMostRecentColorImage16

SDK SECTION 11
Page 329
 ERROR CODES
SECTION 12 - ERROR CODES
CODE ERROR CODE ERROR
DRV_ERROR_CODES 20001 DRV_DRIVER_ERRORS 20065
DRV_SUCCESS 20002 DRV_P1INVALID 20066
DRV_VXDNOTINSTALLED 20003 DRV_P2INVALID 20067
DRV_ERROR_SCAN 20004 DRV_P3INVALID 20068
DRV_ERROR_CHECK_SUM 20005 DRV_P4INVALID 20069
DRV_ERROR_FILELOAD 20006 DRV_INIERROR 20070
DRV_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION 20007 DRV_COFERROR 20071
DRV_ERROR_VXD_INIT 20008 DRV_ACQUIRING 20072
DRV_ERROR_ADDRESS 20009 DRV_IDLE 20073
DRV_ERROR_PAGELOCK 20010 DRV_TEMPCYCLE 20074
DRV_ERROR_PAGE_UNLOCK 20011 DRV_NOT_INITIALIZED 20075
DRV_ERROR_BOARDTEST 20012 DRV_P5INVALID 20076
DRV_ERROR_ACK 20013 DRV_P6INVALID 20077
DRV_ERROR_UP_FIFO 20014 DRV_INVALID_MODE 20078
DRV_ERROR_PATTERN 20015 DRV_INVALID_FILTER 20079
DRV_ACQUISITION_ERRORS 20017 DRV_I2CERRORS 20080
DRV_ACQ_BUFFER 20018 DRV_DRV_I2CDEVNOTFOUND 20081
DRV_ACQ_DOWNFIFO_FULL 20019 DRV_I2CTIMEOUT 20082
DRV_PROC_UNKNOWN_INSTRUCTION 20020 DRV_P7INVALID 20083
DRV_ILLEGAL_OP_CODE 20021 DRV_USBERROR 20089
DRV_KINETIC_TIME_NOT_MET 20022 DRV_IOCERROR 20090
DRV_ACCUM_TIME_NOT_MET 20023 DRV_VRMVERSIONERROR 20091
DRV_NO_NEW_DATA 20024 DRV_USB_INTERRUPT_ENDPOINT_ERROR 20093
PCI_DMA_FAIL 20025 DRV_RANDOM_TRACK_ERROR 20094
DRV_SPOOLERROR 20026 DRV_INVALID_TRIGGER_MODE 20095
DRV_SPOOLSETUPERROR 20027 DRV_LOAD_FIRMWARE_ERROR 20096
SATURATED 20029 DRV_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO_ERROR 20097
DRV_TEMPERATURE_CODES 20033 DRV_INVALID_RINGEXPOSURES 20098
DRV_TEMPERATURE_OFF 20034 DRV_BINNING_ERROR 20099
DRV_TEMP_NOT_STABILIZED 20035 DRV_ERROR_NOCAMERA 20990
DRV_TEMPERATURE_STABILIZED 20036 DRV_NOT_SUPPORTED 20991
DRV_TEMPERATURE_NOT_REACHED 20037 DRV_NOT_AVAILABLE 20992
DRV_TEMPERATURE_OUT_RANGE 20038 DRV_ERROR_MAP 20115
DRV_TEMPERATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED 20039 DRV_ERROR_UNMAP 20116
DRV_TEMPERATURE_DRIFT 20040 DRV_ERROR_MDL 20117
DRV_GENERAL_ERRORS 20049 DRV_ERROR_UNMDL 20118
DRV_INVALID_AUX 20050 DRV_ERROR_BUFFSIZE 20119
DRV_COF_NOTLOADED 20051 DRV_ERROR_NOHANDLE 20121
DRV_FPGAPROG 20052 DRV_GATING_NOT_AVAILABLE 20130
DRV_FLEXERROR 20053 DRV_FPGA_VOLTAGE_ERROR 20131
DRV_GPIBERROR 20054 DRV_BINNING_ERROR 20099
ERROR_DMA_UPLOAD 20055 DRV_INVALID_AMPLIFIER 20100
DRV_DATATYPE 20064 DRV_INVALID_COUNTCONVERT_MODE 20101

SDK SECTION 12
Page 330
 License Agreements

SECTION 13 - DETECTOR.INI
DETECTOR.INI EXPLAINED

All systems shipped from Andor contain a configuration file called "Detector.ini". This file is used to
configure both the Andor software and hardware for the system. It contains information regarding the CCD
chip, A/Ds and cooling capabilities.

The file contains four sections. The start of each section is denoted by [name], where name is the name of
the section. The following two sections are common to all detector.ini files:

 [System]
 [Cooling]
The names of the remaining sections are given by entries in the [System] section.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 331
 License Agreements
[SYSTEM]

This section has 3 entries that describe the controller, head models and the mode for operation. Each entry is
described in more detail below:

 Controller: gives the section name where the controller (plug-in card) details can be found. Further
details on this section are given below.

 Head: gives the section name where the detector head details can be found. Further details on this
section are given below.

 Operation: this item related to the overall system type, i.e. whether the system is a PDA, CCD ICCD
or InGaAs. This item has the effect of changing the “Acquisition” dialog within the software so that
only those options relating to the system type are displayed.

Possible values are as follows:

 2 for PDA

 3 for InGaAs

 4 for CCD

 5 for ICCD

EXAMPLE:

[System]
Controller=CC-010
Head=DV437
Operation=4

SDK SECTION 14
Page 332
 License Agreements
[COOLING]

This section does not contain a fixed number of entries. However, each entry has the same basic structure
and purpose. The purpose being to tell the software the range of temperatures to offer the user and the range
of temperature over which the system can measure. The structure of each item is:

Itemname =a,b,c,d

itemname

Example:

[Cooling]
Single=28,-30,28,-100
Three=20,-60,28,-100
Vacuum=20,-100,28,-100

SDK SECTION 14
Page 333
 License Agreements
[DETECTOR]

This section details the detector head. It is the most complex section in the file and contains 10 or more items.

Format
Format = x,y

Gives the active pixel dimensions as x, y. x is the number of pixels along the readout register axis. y is the
number of pixel perpendicular to the readout axis.

DummyPixels
DummyPixels = a, b, c, d

Gives the number of columns and row that are present on the device but do not respond to light. The dummy
columns are a combination of dark columns, which run the full height of the sensor, and dummy pixels in the
shift register, where:

a number of dummy columns at non-amplifier end

b number of dummy columns at amplifier end
c number of dummy rows at top of CCD
d number of dummy rows at bottom of CCD

DataHShiftSpeed
DataHShiftSpeed = a, b, c, d, e

Lists the speeds at which the charge can be moved in the shift register. This is also equivalent to the
digitization speed in microseconds. Where:

a default speed

b, c ,d, e allowed speeds fastest first

DataVShiftSpeed
DataVShiftSpeed = a, b, c, d, e

This lists the speeds, in microseconds, at which the CCD rows can be vertically shifted. These speeds are
used during CCD readout. Where:

a default speed

b, c, d, e allowed speeds fastest first

SDK SECTION 14
Page 334
 License Agreements

DummyHShiftSpeed
DummyHShiftSpeed = a, b, c, d, e

This lists the speeds, in microseconds, at which the charge can be moved in the shift register. These speeds
are used when the charge been shifted in the amplifier does not need to be digitized. This allows faster keep
clean cycles and faster readout when pixel skipping is implemented. Where:

a default speed

b, c, d, e allowed speeds fastest first

DummyVShiftSpeed
DummyVShiftSpeed = a, b, c, d, e

This lists the speeds, in microseconds, at which the CCD rows can be vertically shifted. These speeds are
used during CCD keep cleans. Where:

a default speed
b, c, d, e allowed speeds fastest first

VerticalHorizontalTime
VerticalHorizontalTime = a,b,c,d,e

This lists the time, in microseconds, which must be taken into account when timing calculations are been
done. Where:

a default speed

b, c, d, e allowed speeds fastest first

CodeFile
CodeFile = filename.ext

This gives the file name of the micro-code uploaded to the microprocessor on the plug-in card. This field is
2
typically PCI_29k.COF for standard systems and PCII29K.COF for I C compatible cards.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 335
 License Agreements

FlexFile
FlexFile = filename.ext

This gives the file name of the logic uploaded to the Field Programmable Gate Array on the plug-in card.
(This field is only used by the PCI version of the system.) This field is typically PCI_FPGA.RBF for standard
2
systems and PCIIFPGA.RBF for I C compatible cards.

Cooling
Cooling = type

This gives the type of cooling. The type relates back to the cooling section.

Type
Type = type

This value specifies whether the head contains a Standard (0) or a Frame Transfer (1) CCD. The default is
Standard.

FKVerticalShiftSpeed
FKVerticalShiftSpeed = speed

This specifies the “Fast Kinetics” vertical shift speed.

Gain
Gain = a

This specifies whether the system has software controllable Gain/Mode settings.
0 = Not software selectable.
1 = Software selectable.

PhotonCountingCCD
PhotonCountingCCD = a

This specifies whether the system contains a L3 Vision sensor from Marconi
0 = Standard CCD
1 = L3 Vision sensor

SDK SECTION 14
Page 336
 License Agreements

EMCCDRegisterSize
EMCCDRegisterSize = a

This specifies the length on the electron multiplying register in L3 Vision CCD

iStar
iStar = a

This specifies whether the system is an iStar or a standard ICCD

0 = Standard ICCD
1 = iStar

SlowVerticalSpeedFactor
SlowVerticalSpeedFactor = a

This specifies the factor by which the vertical shifted has been slowed. This is used for those CCD’s that are
not capable at running at 16us. The only possible value is 7.

HELLFunction
HELLFunction = file

The file specified contains the instructions required to perform readout of an iXon CCD. It is specific to each
type of CCD.

HELLLoop1
HELLLoop1 = file

The file specified contains generic instructions for readout of an iXon CCD and as such is not specific to a
particular CCD.

ADChannels
ADChannels = a{,b}

This line indicates the types of ADChannels available for use and the default selection. a is the default type
and is followed by a list of all possible types.

AD2DataHSSpeed
AD2DataHSSpeed = default, min, max
This line specifies the possible horizontal readout speeds. min and max specify the range of readout times
available in microseconds.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 337
 License Agreements

AD2DumpHSSpeed
AD2DumpHSSpeed = default, min, max

This is similar to AD2DataHSSpeed but specifies the readout speeds available when performing a dump (i.e.
discarding) of data from the CCD.

AD2BinHSSpeed
AD2BinHSSpeed = default, min, max
This is similar to AD2DataHSSpeed but specifies the readout speeds available when binning (i.e. summing
values from blocks of neighbouring pixels) data from the CCD.

AD2Pipeline
AD2Pipeline = a, b, c: See PipeLine in the controller section

iXon
Ixon = a

Specifies whether the CCD is an iXon camera; if so the line will read ‘Ixon=1’. If this line is missing the CCD
is not an iXon.

EXAMPLE DETECTOR.INI FILES

DH220
[DH220]
Format=1024,1
DummyPixels=0,0,0,0
DataHShiftSpeed=16,1,2,16,32
DataVShiftSpeed=16,16,0,0,0
DummyHShiftSpeed=16,1,2,16,32
DummyVShiftSpeed=16,16,0,0,0
VerticalHorizontalTime=16,16,0,0,0
CodeFile=Instapda.cof
Pixel=25.0,2500.0
Cooling=Single

DV420
[DV420]
Format=1024,256
DummyPixels=8,8,0,0
DataHShiftSpeed=16,1,2,16,32
DataVShiftSpeed=16,16,0,0,0
DummyHShiftSpeed=16,1,2,16,32
DummyVShiftSpeed=16,16,0,0,0
VerticalHorizontalTime=16,16,0,0,0
CodeFile=Pci_29k.cof
FlexFile = pci_fpga.rbf
Pixel=25.0,25.0

SDK SECTION 14
Page 338
 License Agreements

Cooling=Vacuum
FKVerticalShiftSpeed=16.0e-6

DV437
[DV437]
Format=512,512
DummyPixels=24,24,16,528
DataHShiftSpeed=16,1,2,16,32
DataVShiftSpeed=16,16,0,0,0
DummyHShiftSpeed=16,1,2,16,32
DummyVShiftSpeed=16,16,0,0,0
VerticalHorizontalTime=16,16,0,0,0
Pixel=13.0,13.0
Cooling=Vacuum
CodeFile=pci_29k.cof
FlexFile=pci_fpga.rbf
Type=1

SDK SECTION 14
Page 339
 License Agreements
[CONTROLLER]

This section details the controller card.

ReadOutSpeeds
ReadOutSpeeds = a,b,c,d-

Lists the readout speeds available on the specified plug-in card. These values are used in conjunction with
the values specified in the head section to generate the final list of available speeds.

PipeLine
PipeLine=a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h

This lists the pipeline depth that must be used the microprocessor to synchronize the reading of the AD with
the digitization process. The actual value used is based on a number of factors and is beyond this
discussion.

Type
Type=a

This specifies whether the plug-in card is ISA or PCI compatible.

Example:

[CC-010]
ReadOutSpeeds=1,2,16,32
PipeLine=2,1,1,1,0,0,0,0
Type=PCI

SDK SECTION 14
Page 340
 License Agreements
SECTION 14 – License Agreements

FITSIO

Copyright (Unpublished-all rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States), U.S.
Government as represented by the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration. No copyright is claimed in the United States under Title 17, U.S. Code.

Permission to freely use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation without
fee is hereby granted, provided that this copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty appears in all
copies.

DISCLAIMER:

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED 'AS IS' WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL CONFORM TO SPECIFICATIONS, ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, AND FREEDOM FROM INFRINGEMENT, AND ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
DOCUMENTATION WILL CONFORM TO THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY WARRANTY THAT
THE SOFTWARE WILL BE ERROR FREE. IN NO EVENT SHALL NASA BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM, OR IN ANY WAY
CONNECTED WITH THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER OR NOT BASED UPON WARRANTY,
CONTRACT, TORT , OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER OR NOT INJURY WAS SUSTAINED BY
PERSONS OR PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, AND WHETHER OR NOT LOSS WAS
SUSTAINED FROM, OR AROSE OUT OF THE RESULTS OF, OR USE OF, THE SOFTWARE
OR SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER."

SDK SECTION 14
Page 341
 License Agreements
LIBXML2

Except where otherwise noted in the source code (e.g. the files hash.c, list.c and the trio files, which
are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices) all the files are:

Copyright (C) 1998-2012 Daniel Veillard. All Rights Reserved.

Copyright (C) 1998 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Stenberg.
Copyright (C) 2000 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Stenberg.
Copyright (C) 2000 Gary Pennington and Daniel Veillard.
Copyright (C) 2001 Bjorn Reese <[email protected]>
Copyright (C) 2000,2012 Bjorn Reese and Daniel Veillard.

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 342
 License Agreements
ZLIB

Copyright (C) 1995-2013 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied

warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,

including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:

1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 343
 License Agreements
LIBUSB

libusb is covered by the LGPL:

This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or

modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

----

Alternatively, the files usb.h.in and/or usb.h may be licensed under the
BSD license:

Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Johannes Erdfelt <[email protected]>

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without

modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 344
 License Agreements
Simpleini

Copyright (c) 2014, Piotr S. Staszewski

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without

modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,

this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

SDK SECTION 14
Page 345